Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 169

ORACLE E-BUSINESS SUITE

RELEASE CONTENT DOCUMENT

Human Capital Management


Release 12.1 and 12.2 (inclusive of 12.0.2 12.2.5)

Prepared by Oracle E-Business Suite Product Development

Last Updated: August 18, 2015

Copyright 2011, 2015 Oracle Corporation


All Rights Reserved
Table of Contents

.
1. Disclaimer 1
2. Introduction 2
2.1. Purpose of Document 2
3. New and Changed Features in Human Capital Management 3
3.1. Oracle Advanced Benefits 3
3.1.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 3
3.1.1.1. Reopen Life Events Process 3
3.1.1.2. Open Enrollment Window Modification 3
3.1.1.3. Tracking Ineligible to Ineligible Row Creation 3
3.1.1.4. Additional Input Parameters for Fast Formulas 3
3.1.2. Release 12.1.1 3
3.1.2.1. Enforce Minimum Coverage for Life Events with No Electable Choices 3
3.1.2.2. Restrict Display of Primary Care Provider 4
3.1.2.3. Enhanced Individual Contribution Distribution 4
3.1.3. Release 12.1.2 4
3.1.3.1. Use Default Enrollment to Reinstate Backed Out Intervening Events 4
3.1.3.2. Use a New System Profile to Carry Forward Certifications for Life Events without a Configured Coverage
Restriction 5
3.1.3.3. Recalculate Imputed Income When Coverage Amount Changes Upon Receipt of Certification. 5
3.1.3.4. Suppress HIPAA if Participant Gains Electability in Alternate Plan Type 5
3.1.4. Release 12.1.3 5
3.1.4.1. User Defined Criteria for Dependent Eligibility 5
3.1.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 5
3.1.5.1. View Rate History in Self Service 5
3.1.5.2. Close Enrollment in Self Service 5
3.1.5.3. Reopen Reinstated Enrollment 5
3.1.5.4. Deactivate Communication Type 6
3.1.5.5. Eligibility for Person Changes and Communication Types 6
3.1.5.6. All Ineligible Flag for Compensation Objects 6
3.1.5.7. Use Person Selection rule for Extract Process 6
3.1.5.8. Delete Unrestricted Enrollment 6
3.1.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 7
3.1.6.1. Enhanced Life Event Summary Report 7
3.1.6.2. Trigger Life Events from Person and Assignment Information Types 7
3.1.6.3. Control Ability to Designate Participant as Beneficiary 7
3.1.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 7
3.1.7.1. Show/Hide by Plan Type on Self Service Selection Page 7
3.1.7.2. Exclude Dependents from System Extract 7
3.1.7.3. Limit Related Person Life Event Based on Loss of Coverage 7
3.1.7.4. Attachments During Self Service Enrollment 7
3.1.7.5. Email Documents Generated from System Extract 8
3.1.7.6. Email Benefit Confirmation Statements 8
3.1.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 8

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document ii
3.1.8.1. Self-Service Text for the Attachment Page 8
3.1.8.2. Updates to the Benefit Selection Page 8
3.2. Oracle Approvals Management 9
3.2.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 9
3.2.1.1. View Approval History and Approvers 9
3.2.2. Release 12.1.1 9
3.2.2.1. Approval Deviations Report 9
3.3. Oracle Compensation Workbench 9
3.3.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2) 9
3.3.1.1. View All Compensation Detail Reports without Changing Responsibilities 9
3.3.1.2. Provide Responsibility-Based Plan Access to Administrators 9
3.3.1.3. Reduce Post Processing Time between Multiple Business Organizations 10
3.3.1.4. Perform Dynamic Calculations in Multiple Columns 10
3.3.2. Release 12.1.1 10
3.3.2.1. Anniversary Date Based Awards 10
3.3.2.2. Print Total Compensation Statements for Groups of Employees 10
3.3.2.3. Display the Worksheet Manager in the Switch To Manager Search Page 11
3.3.2.4. New Salary Proposal to be Explicitly Approved 11
3.3.2.5. Update Percentage of Eligible Salary in Employee Administration 11
3.3.2.6. View Performance Appraisal Details in Compensation Workbench 11
3.3.3. Release 12.1.2 11
3.3.3.1. Streamline the Promotions and Allocations Process with Enhanced Compensation Workbench Spreadsheet
Download/Upload Features 11
3.3.3.2. Display Market Salary Survey Data in Compensation Workbench 12
3.3.4. Release 12.1.3 12
3.3.4.1. Performance and Promotion History Popup in Worksheet 12
3.3.4.2. Post Zero Salary Increases 12
3.3.4.3. Control Period for Viewing Appraisals in Compensation Allocation Worksheet 12
3.3.4.4. Refresh Plan, Employee and Summary Data from Compensation Workbench Home Page 12
3.3.4.5. Ensure Employees New Salary is within Grade Range 13
3.3.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4 13
3.3.5.1. Proposed Grade Range, Proposed Grade Midpoint and Proposed Comparatio now Available for
Spreadsheet Download 13
3.3.5.2. Run the Back-out Compensation Workbench Life Events Process for Single Person 13
3.3.5.3. Optionally Hide In Progress Salary Increases in Employee History 13
3.3.5.4. Download Data Using Web ADI 13
3.3.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 13
3.3.6.1. Email Employee Compensation Statements 13
3.3.6.2. Email Total Compensation Statements 13
3.3.6.3. Back out Compensation Workbench Postprocess 14
3.3.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 14
3.3.7.1. Download/Upload Allocation Worksheet Comments 14
3.3.7.2. Optionally Disable Drill Down Hyperlink in Online Total Compensation Statements 14
3.3.7.3. Display Position Title in Employee Total Compensation Statements 14
3.3.8. Release 12.2.4 15
3.3.8.1. Apply Digital Signatures to Authenticate Emailed Employee Statements 15
3.3.8.2. Apply Digital Signatures to Authenticate Emailed Employee Total Compensation Statements 15
3.4. Oracle HCM Configuration Workbench 15
3.4.1. Release 12.1.1 15
3.4.1.1. Configurator for Person/Assignment Spreadsheet Loader 15
3.5. Oracle Human Resources (Core HR) 16
3.5.1. Release 12.1.1 16
3.5.1.1. Knowledge Integration with ENWISEN 16
3.5.1.2. HR Help Desk 16
3.5.1.3. Access to Ex-Employee and Future-Dated Employee Records in User Based and Dynamic Security 17
3.5.1.4. Multi-Tenancy for Business Process Outsourcing vendors 17
3.5.2. Release 12.1.2 17
3.5.2.1. Use Search Criteria to Query Records in the People Window 17

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document iii
3.5.2.2. Ability to change the Final Process Date when it is set same as the Last Standard Process Date 17
3.5.3. Release 12.1.3 17
3.5.3.1. Enhanced Document of Records 17
3.5.3.2. Ability to Restrict Negative Balance in Absence 17
3.5.3.3. Additional Parameters in BG_ABSENCE_DURATION Fast Formula 18
3.5.3.4. Ability to use Dynamic Approvals in Checklist 18
3.5.3.5. Ability to view Criteria Set associated to Grade Step 18
3.5.4. Release 12.1 RUP5 18
3.5.4.1. Approvals in Global Deployment 18
3.5.5. Release 12.2 18
3.5.5.1. Workflow Synchronization 18
3.5.5.2. Update Records with Future Person Changes 19
3.6. Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite 19
3.6.1. Overview 19
3.6.2. V. 1.3.0 19
3.6.2.1. Mobile Foundation Release 4.0 Updates 19
3.7. Oracle Human Resources Extensions for Endeca 19
3.7.1. V5 19
3.7.1.1. Workforce Explorer 19
3.8. Oracle HRMS (Australia) 20
3.8.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 20
3.8.1.1. Nominate Employee Termination Payments (ETP) as Transitional or Non-Transitional Life Benefit
Payments 20
3.8.1.2. Comply with Statutory Updates for EOY 2007 20
3.8.1.3. Override the Eligibility Set on the Element to Pay the Long Service Leave Amount 21
3.8.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 21
3.8.2.1. Multiple ETP Payment Summary 21
3.8.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 21
3.8.3.1. Pay Multiple Employment Termination Payments (ETP) and Generate Separate ETP Payment Summaries
21
3.8.3.2. Display Multiple ETPs on Termination Report 21
3.8.3.3. Use the Changed ETP Payment Summary Layout 2007 22
3.8.3.4. Report Employees Tax File Number (TFN) to Super Fund 22
3.8.3.5. Calculate Extra Withholding Amounts for Advance Payments 22
3.8.3.6. Deduct Retro Pretax Amounts from Retro Earnings 22
3.8.4. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 22
3.8.4.1. Calculate Payroll Using the Updated Payroll Tax Rates 22
3.8.4.2. Report Allowances Using Balance Attributes 22
3.8.5. Release 12.1.2 22
3.8.5.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date 22
3.8.6. Release 12.1.3 23
3.8.6.1. Enable Retro Overlap for Australia 23
3.8.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 23
3.8.7.1. AU local address style and upgrade 23
3.8.7.2. AU Year End Enhancements 23
3.8.7.3. AU Payroll Reconciliation Summary report in XL output 23
3.8.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 23
3.8.8.1. AU Multiple Payment Summary Amendment 23
3.8.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 23
3.8.9.1. Payslip Modeling 23
3.8.10. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 24
3.8.10.1. Update TFN from 111111111 for New Hires after 28 days 24
3.8.10.2. Warning for Payments made after Death via Direct Payments 24
3.8.10.3. Payroll Dashboard 24
3.8.10.4 Email Payment Summary to Employee 24
3.8.10.5 Option to Limit Views of Payment Summary in Self-Service 25
3.8.10.6 Tax Calculation Error Message for Negative Earnings 25
3.8.10.7 View Payslip Offset Days 25

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document iv
3.9. Oracle HRMS (Belgium) 25
3.9.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 25
3.9.1.1. Enter NI for Employees Whose Nationality is Not Belgian or Country of Birth is Not Belgium 25
3.10. Oracle HRMS (Canada) 25
3.10.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 25
3.10.1.1. Comply with Canadian Cheque Specification Changes 25
3.10.2. Release 12.1.2 26
3.10.2.1. Use Retro Overlap Enabled for Canada Payroll 26
3.10.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 26
3.10.3.1. Canadian Cheque Writer (XML), Canadian Deposit Advice (XML) and Canadian Third Party Cheque
Writer (XML) 26
3.10.3.2. Payroll Exception Report 26
3.10.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 26
3.10.4.1. Payslip Modeler 26
3.10.4.2. Rehire Before Final Process Date 26
3.10.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 26
3.10.5.1. Payslip Modeler 26
3.10.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 27
3.10.6.1. Mid-year Change to GRE with Different Employment Insurance (EI) rates 27
3.10.6.2. Enhanced Payroll Register 27
3.10.6.3. New Record of Employment (ROE) Interface fo ROE Web Version 2 27
3.10.6.4. Payroll Dashboard 27
3.11. Oracle HRMS (China) 28
3.11.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 28
3.11.1.1. Specify Tax and Social Insurance Contribution Area Codes Using a Maximum of 3 Characters 28
3.11.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 28
3.11.2.1. Count the Year of Service for Calculating Severance Payments 28
3.11.2.2. Display Employee Numbers Greater Than Five Characters Using Direct Deposit 28
3.11.2.3. Represent Tax Areas and Social Insurance Contribution Area Codes Using a Maximum of Three
Characters 28
3.11.2.4. Use New Tax Exempt Amount to Meet Statutory Requirements 28
3.11.2.5. Calculate the Average Monthly Working Days Using New Value 28
3.11.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 29
3.11.3.1. Make Pre-Tax Non-Statutory Deductions Prior to IIT Calculations 29
3.11.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 29
3.11.4.1. CN PHF/SI Retro Changes 29
3.11.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 29
3.11.5.1. Rehire Before Final Close 29
3.11.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 30
3.11.6.1. View Payslip offset days 30
3.12. Oracle HRMS (Denmark) 30
3.12.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 30
3.12.1.1. Record Maternity/Adoption Absences 30
3.12.1.2. Select Holiday Accrual during Maternity/Adoption Leave 30
3.12.1.3. Record and Use the Public Holiday Accrual and Payment Rates 30
3.12.1.4. Process Multiple Pension Payments for Employees Based on 2006 Legislative Changes 30
3.12.1.5. Use the Notional Pay Classification for Deduction Elements Not Payable to the Employee 30
3.12.1.6. Use the Enhanced Absence Maternity Element to Process Part Time Maternity Absences 30
3.12.1.7. Use the Modified Company Car Benefits in Kind functionality 31
3.12.1.8. Create Lunar Period Payrolls 31
3.12.1.9. Print Batch Payslips 31
3.12.1.10. Process Payments for Employees Based on 2007 Legislative Changes 31
3.12.1.11. Classify the Employees as Salaried/Hourly to Process Payrolls 31
3.12.1.12. Use the Balance Initialization Process 31
3.12.1.13. Use RetroPay Functionality to Pay Backdated Amounts to Employees 31
3.12.1.14. Override the use of Normal Periodic Deduction Value in Tax Calculation 31
3.12.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 31
3.12.2.1. Support the Payment Electronic File Format Changes 31
3.12.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 32

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document v
3.12.3.1. Use Holiday Pay Changes 32
3.12.3.2. Use Updated Danish Tax Card Upload Process 32
3.12.3.3. Comply with Statutory Changes for 2009 32
3.12.4. Release 12.1.2 32
3.12.4.1. Use Balance Reporting Architecture 32
3.12.4.2. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances 32
3.12.4.3. View Magtape Output Window 32
3.12.4.4. View Absence Statistics Report 32
3.12.4.5. View Additional Labor Cost Report 33
3.12.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 33
3.12.5.1. E- Holiday Card 33
3.12.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 33
3.12.6.1. Loaders 33
3.12.7. Release 12.2.4 34
3.12.7.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date 34
3.13. Oracle HRMS (Finland) 34
3.13.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 34
3.13.1.1. Use the New Pension Insurance Type to Generate Pension Payments and Reports 34
3.13.1.2. Generate the Statutory Payroll Reports 34
3.13.1.3. Calculate and Report the Subsidy for Low-paid Employees 34
3.13.1.4. Process Payments for Employees Based on 2007 Legislative Changes 35
3.13.1.5. Use the Balance Initialization Process 35
3.13.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 35
3.13.2.1. Use EOY0809 Legislative Changes for Payroll Tax Year 2009 35
3.13.2.2. Use EOY0809 Legislative Changes for Payroll Tax Year 2008 35
3.14. Oracle HRMS (France) 35
3.14.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 35
3.14.1.1. Use New Training Reports 35
3.15. Oracle HRMS (Hong Kong) 36
3.15.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 36
3.15.1.1. Specify the Format for Your Statement of Earnings 36
3.15.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 36
3.15.2.1. Calculate Proportionate Earnings during Changes in a Payroll Period 36
3.15.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 36
3.15.3.1. Rehire before final process date 36
3.15.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 36
3.15.4.1. View Payslip offset days 36
3.16. Oracle HRMS (India) 36
3.16.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 36
3.16.1.1. Statutory Change to Exempt Employees from Paying Employee ESI Contribution 36
3.16.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 37
3.16.2.1. Rehire Employees Before their Final Close Date 37
3.16.2.2. Generate and Print Provident Fund Monthly Report and e-files 37
3.16.2.3. Comply with Statutory Updates for 2007 37
3.16.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 38
3.16.3.1. Calculate Taxable Part on Fringe Benefit for Super Annuation Fund Payments 38
3.16.3.2. Use the latest PF/ESI Wage Ceiling for Disabled Employees 38
3.16.3.3. Use the Latest Professional Tax Slab Rates for Karnataka 38
3.16.4. Release 12.1.1 38
3.16.4.1. Labor Welfare Fund Deduction 38
3.16.4.2. Discoverer EUL Support for India HRMS Payroll Information 38
3.16.4.3. UI to Submit Medical and Leave Travel Claims 39
3.16.4.4. Support Tax Year from March to April 39
3.16.5. Release 12.1.2 39
3.16.5.1. India Reconciliation of EFT Payments 39
3.16.6. Release 12.1.3 39
3.16.6.1. Capturing of LIC Policy Number in the Employee Tax Declaration 39
3.16.6.2. Voluntary Provident Fund (VPF) details in the Employee Tax Declaration 39

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document vi
3.16.6.3. Enabled Payroll Exception Reporting 40
3.16.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 40
3.16.7.1. Full Support for Digital Signature in Form 16/Form 12B and Other Changes 40
3.16.7.2. Full Support for India Public Sector Payroll 40
3.16.7.3. IN Electronic Challan Cum Return (ECR)-2012 40
3.16.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 40
3.16.8.1. Payslip Modeling 40
3.16.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 41
3.16.9.1. Payroll Dashboard 41
3.16.9.2. Income from House Property Ceiling for Tax Exemptions 41
3.17. Oracle HRMS (Ireland) 41
3.17.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 41
3.17.1.1. Run the Tax Credit Upload Process to Validate Accurate Revenue File Checking 41
3.17.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 41
3.17.2.1. Comply with Recent Statutory Updates 41
3.17.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 42
3.17.3.1. Use the New IE Cessation Report 42
3.17.3.2. Comply With Recent Statutory Updates 42
3.17.4. Release 12.1.2 43
3.17.4.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 43
3.17.4.2. Report Payroll Exception 43
3.17.4.3. Use Purge Process 43
3.17.4.4. Group Action Parameters 43
3.17.4.5. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances 44
3.17.4.6. View Cost Allocations 44
3.17.4.7. View Magtape Output Window 44
3.17.4.8. National Employment Survey (NES Report) 44
3.17.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 44
3.17.5.1. Enhanced Retro Pay Support 44
3.17.6. Release 12.2.4 44
3.17.6.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date 44
3.17.7. Release 12.2.5 45
3.17.7.1. Loaders 45
3.17.7.2. Online PDF Payslip 45
3.17.7.3. Payroll Dashboard 45
3.18. Oracle HRMS (Italy) 45
3.18.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 45
3.18.1.1. Use the Renamed Family Name Field 45
3.19. Oracle HRMS (Japan) 46
3.19.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 46
3.19.1.1. Print Employee Number on Published Insurance Premium Exemption and Spouse Special Deduction Form
for Salary Earner 46
3.19.1.2. Calculate and Archive Accident Insurance Information 46
3.19.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 46
3.19.2.1. Statutory Changes for 2007 46
3.19.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 46
3.19.3.1. Display Target Year Within Salary Payment Report 46
3.19.3.2. Support for Transfer with Zengin Format 46
3.19.4. Release 12.1.2 47
3.19.4.1. Use Salary Payment Report in e-file 47
3.19.4.2. Receive Local Tax Data in e-file 47
3.19.4.3. Use Wage ledger/Payment deduction report 47
3.19.4.4. Rehire employees before final processing date 47
3.19.4.5. Use Workers Register Report 47
3.19.4.6. Use Employee details report 47
3.19.5. Release 12.1.3 47
3.19.5.1. Use Separation Certificate 47
3.19.5.2. Use Withholding Income Tax for Termination Income Report 47
3.19.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 48

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document vii
3.19.6.1. View Payslip offset days 48
3.20. Oracle HRMS (Korea) 48
3.20.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 48
3.20.1.1. Meet the Statutory Updates for the YEA Tax Receipt for 2007 48
3.20.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 48
3.20.2.1. Comply with Statutory Changes for 2007 48
3.20.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 49
3.20.3.1. Comply with the Updated Layout for Year End Adjustment Ledger Report and the RTF Template 49
3.20.3.2. Display Non-Taxable Earnings in Non-Statutory and Statutory Separation Pay Tax Receipt 49
3.20.3.3. Use the Updated Exemption Rate for Investment Partnership 49
3.20.3.4. Calculate the Tax Break Amount Using the New Value 49
3.20.3.5. Identify Korean Citizens as Foreigners and be Eligible for Tax Exemptions 49
3.20.3.6. Record Donation Receipt Number for Easy Identification 49
3.20.3.7. Exclude Double Exemption for Medical Expenses 49
3.20.3.8. Comply with the YEA Reclaim Sheet Layout Changes 50
3.20.3.9. Comply with the Latest Statutory Changes for 2008 50
3.20.3.10. Use the Updated Health Insurance and National Pension Premium Rates 50
3.20.3.11. Calculate Tax Exemptions for Employees With a New Born or Adopted Child 50
3.20.3.12. Use the Updated Foreign Worker Income Exemption Rates 50
3.20.3.13. Record Both Summary and Details for Medical Expenses 50
3.20.4. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 51
3.20.4.1. Maintain Detailed Donation Information for Dependents 51
3.20.4.2. Comply with the Latest Detailed Medical Information Updates 51
3.20.4.3. Record Type B Tax Group Information 51
3.20.4.4. Comply with the 2008 Layout Updates for KR Year End Adjustment Tax Receipt 51
3.20.4.5. Use the Latest Layout for YEA Ledger Report 52
3.20.4.6. Comply with the YEA Reclaim Sheet Changes 52
3.20.4.7. Comply with Statutory Updates for 2008 52
3.20.4.8. Record Additional Children Exemption for Dependents 52
3.20.4.9. Display Double Exemption for Medical Expense 52
3.20.4.10. Display Detailed Donation Information in the e-File 52
3.20.4.11. Use the Updated Statutory and Non-Statutory Separation Pay E-Files 53
3.20.5. Release 12.1.3 53
3.20.5.1. Rehire before final close for Korea 53
3.20.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 53
3.20.6.1. KR XML Data Extract/Upload (extend legislation coverage) 53
3.20.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 53
3.20.7.1. KR YEA XML Data Extract 53
3.20.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 53
3.20.8.1. View Payslip offset days 53
3.21. Oracle HRMS (Kuwait) 54
3.21.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 54
3.21.1.1. Produce Report 166 for the PIFSS Based on Revised Rates 54
3.21.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 54
3.21.2.1. Use the Payroll Exception Report 54
3.21.3. Release 12.1.2 54
3.21.3.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 54
3.21.3.2. View Magtape Output Window 54
3.21.3.3. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances 54
3.21.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 54
3.21.4.1. Payroll Dashboard 54
3.21.4.2. Online PDF Payslip 55
3.21.5. Release 12.2.4 55
3.21.5.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date 55
3.22. Oracle HRMS (Mexico) 55
3.22.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 55
3.22.1.1. Manage Social Security Information through Integrated Archiver 55
3.22.1.2. Successfully Create and Save GRE Organizations 56
3.22.1.3. Implement and Archive Change of GRE for Employees 56

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document viii
3.22.1.4. Specify Names of Over 15 Characters as Timecard Approvers 56
3.22.1.5. Specify Legal Employer when Running the DIM Report 56
3.22.1.6. Run QuickPay with IDW Elements in Spanish Instances 56
3.22.1.7. View IDSE File Content More Easily 56
3.22.1.8. Access State Tax Rules DFF without Errors 56
3.22.1.9. Use the hr_mx_ex_employee_api.mx_final_process_emp API without Errors 56
3.22.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 56
3.22.2.1. North American 2007 Reporting Enhancements and Statutory Updates 56
3.22.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 56
3.22.3.1. Comply with Employer State Tax Changes 56
3.22.3.2. Comply with ISR Tax Changes 57
3.22.4. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 57
3.22.4.1. Use the ISR Periodic Tax Adjustments 57
3.22.4.2. Use the New BI Publisher Report "ISR Subsidy For Emp Paid" 57
3.22.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 57
3.22.5.1. Payroll Simulator 57
3.22.5.2. SS Archiver Reports (SUA extracts and SS Affiliation) 57
3.22.5.3. Rehire Before Final Process Date 57
3.22.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 57
3.22.6.1. New Integrated Daily Wage (IDW) Audit Report 57
3.23. Oracle HRMS (Netherlands) 58
3.23.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 58
3.23.1.1. Make the Civilian Service Number Optional (Previously the SOFI Number) 58
3.23.1.2. Use New Dutch First Day Notification Report 58
3.23.1.3. Group Multiple Assignments by Employer 58
3.23.1.4. Use New Profile Options 58
3.23.1.5. Support Refund of ZVW Contributions to Employees 58
3.23.1.6. Include Latest Assignment Details in the Dutch ATS Reports 58
3.23.1.7. Use Enhanced Life Saving Scheme Features 58
3.23.1.8. Use Updated Reports to Support Legislative Changes 59
3.23.1.9. Use New Wage Subsidies for P8ayroll Processing 59
3.23.1.10. Support for Late Hire Processing in Payroll 59
3.23.1.11. Use the New Adjustment Component to Carry Forward Earnings 59
3.23.1.12. Process Tax and SI Balances using AAOP instead of IP High and IP Low Pension Schemes 59
3.23.1.13. Use the Modified Dutch Annual Tax Statement Report 60
3.23.1.14. Use New Dutch Element RetroPay Setup Report to Display Retro Setup of User Element 60
3.23.1.15. Reduce Data Volumes and Improve Performance by Producing Fewer Run Result Values 60
3.23.1.16. Configure Precision of Maximum Salary Type 60
3.23.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 61
3.23.2.1. Year End Report 61
3.23.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 61
3.23.3.1. Use Updated Wage Reports for 2009 61
3.23.3.2. Use New Tax Code 950 61
3.23.3.3. Use Labor Handicap Discount/Old Age Discount Changes 61
3.23.3.4. Use Tax table Changes for 2009 61
3.23.3.5. Use Updated Dutch Wage Report 61
3.23.3.6. Use ZVW Changes 61
3.23.3.7. Use the Updated Addressing Female Employee Field in the Person Window 61
3.23.4. Release 12.1.2 62
3.23.4.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 62
3.23.4.2. Use Payroll Exception Report 62
3.23.4.3. Group Action Parameter 62
3.23.4.4. View Cost Allocations 62
3.23.4.5. View Magtape Output Window 62
3.23.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 62
3.23.5.1. Labor Cost Arrangement (LCA) 62
3.23.5.2. Digital Sickness Reporting 63
3.23.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 63
3.23.6.1. Loaders 63
3.23.6.2. Payroll Dashboard 64

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document ix
3.23.6.3. Online PDF Payslip 64
3.24. Oracle HRMS (New Zealand) 64
3.24.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 64
3.24.1.1. Contribute and Report the KiwiSaver Deductions to Inland Revenue 64
3.24.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 64
3.24.2.1. Comply with Latest Statutory Updates for October 2008 64
3.24.2.2. Use Enhanced Retropay to Calculate Back-dated KiwiSaver Contributions 65
3.24.2.3. Comply with the Latest Statutory Updates from April 2009 65
3.24.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 65
3.24.3.1. Rehire Before Final Close 65
3.24.3.2. Support for Upgrade to Single Latest Balance Table 65
3.24.3.3. Enter and Maintain PHF, SI and EA Information using HTML Pages 65
3.25. Oracle HRMS (Norway) 66
3.25.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 66
3.25.1.1. Use the Documents of Record Functionality to Store Document Information 66
3.25.1.2. Use the Modified NUS-2000 Code for the Employee's Qualification Type 66
3.25.1.3. Process Holiday Pay for Your Employees 66
3.25.1.4. Process All Absence Categories to Administer Absence Pay Effectively 66
3.25.1.5. Generate Sickness Leave and Absence Statistics Report 66
3.25.1.6. Calculate the Impact of Reimbursements of Absence and Holiday Pay on Employer Contribution 66
3.25.1.7. Use the Self-Service Tax Card Interface to Enter Tax Card Details 66
3.25.1.8. Generate Online Payslip 66
3.25.1.9. Stay informed with New Payroll Reports 66
3.25.1.10. Process Payments for Employees Based on 2006 Taxation Changes 67
3.25.1.11. Process Payments for Employees Based on 2006 Legislative Changes 67
3.25.1.12. Support Recent Legislative Changes 67
3.25.1.13. Use Advance Pay to Pay Employees in Advance 67
3.25.1.14. Use RetroPay Functionality to Pay Backdated Amounts to Employees 68
3.25.1.15. Print Batch Payslips 68
3.25.1.16. Reduce Data Volumes and Improve Performance by Producing Fewer Run Result Values 68
3.25.1.17. Implement Mandatory Occupational Pension Scheme 68
3.25.1.18. Use the Balance Initialization Process 69
3.25.1.19. Improve the Performance of Oracle Payroll Processing 69
3.25.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 69
3.25.2.1. Comply with Legislative Changes for 2007/2008 69
3.25.2.2. Comply with EOY0708 Legislative Changes effective from 2008 69
3.25.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 70
3.25.3.1. Payroll Dashboard 70
3.25.4. Release 12.2.4 70
3.25.4.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date 70
3.26. Oracle HRMS (Romania) 70
3.26.1. Release 12.2 70
3.26.1.1. Employee Identification 70
3.26.1.2. Employment 70
3.26.1.3. Organizations 70
3.26.2. Release 12.2.5 71
3.26.2.1. Employee Self-Service 71
3.27. Oracle HRMS (Saudi Arabia) 71
3.27.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 71
3.27.1.1. Use the Payroll Exception Report 71
3.27.2. Release 12.1.2 71
3.27.2.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 71
3.27.2.2. Display Balance Breakdown 71
3.27.2.3. View Magtape Output Window 71
3.27.2.4. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances 71
3.27.2.5. Purge Process 71
3.27.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 72
3.27.3.1. Online PDF Payslip 72

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document x
3.27.3.2. Payroll Dashboard 72
3.27.3.3. SI Calculations for Other KW and AE nationals 72
3.27.4. Release 12.2.4 72
3.27.4.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date 72
3.27.4.2. Public Sector Changes 72
3.28. Oracle HRMS (Singapore) 73
3.28.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 73
3.28.1.1. Use Revised Foreign Workers Levy Rates and New Permit Categories 73
3.28.1.2. Comply with New Regulations of the Central Provident Fund 74
3.28.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 74
3.28.2.1. Comply with the Latest SDL Updates 74
3.28.2.2. Use the Updated IRASLine Format 74
3.28.2.3. Submit the CPF Line Report/Magtape Using the New CPF Submission Number 74
3.28.2.4. Use the Latest Rates for Mosque and Mendaki Fund Contributions 74
3.28.3. Release 12.1.2 75
3.28.3.1. Singapore IRAS Amendment Process 75
3.28.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 75
3.28.4.1. View Payslip Offset Days 75
3.29. Oracle HRMS (South Africa) 75
3.29.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 75
3.29.1.1. Generate and Submit Workplace Skills Plan Reports 75
3.29.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 76
3.29.2.1. UIF Annual Limit 76
3.29.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 76
3.29.3.1. Comply with Statutory Updates for End of Year (EOY) 2008 76
3.29.4. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 76
3.29.4.1. Use the Updated Official Interest Rate (effective September 2008) 76
3.29.4.2. Use the Updated Official Interest Rate (effective March 2009) 76
3.29.4.3. Use Tax Year End 2009 Changes 76
3.29.4.4. Use Budget Speech Changes from 01-Mar-2009 76
3.29.5. Release 12.1.2 76
3.29.5.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 76
3.29.5.2. Display Balance Breakdown 77
3.29.5.3. View Cost Allocations 77
3.29.5.4. View Magtape Output Window 77
3.29.5.5. Use EMP201 Report 77
3.29.5.6. Use Net to Gross Functionality 77
3.29.5.7. Run the Tax Year End Data Validation Report any time 77
3.29.6. Release 12.1.3 77
3.29.6.1. Payroll Exception Reporting 77
3.29.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 78
3.29.7.1. Tax Register Report (XML) 78
3.29.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 78
3.29.8.1. Online PDF Payslip 78
3.29.8.2. Tax Loaders 78
3.29.8.3. Payroll Dashboard 78
3.29.9. Release 12.2.4 79
3.29.9.1. View and print Income Tax Certificates via Employee Self Service 79
3.30. Oracle HRMS (Spain) 79
3.30.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 79
3.30.1.1. Use the Updated NIE Format 79
3.30.1.2. Share CAC Numbers at New Levels 79
3.31. Oracle HRMS (Sweden) 79
3.31.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 79
3.31.1.1. Process Holiday Pay for Your Employees 79
3.31.1.2. Use the Balance Initialization Process 80
3.31.1.3. Process Sickness Pay for Your Employees 80
3.31.1.4. Generate Online Payslip 80

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document xi
3.31.1.5. Use the Tax Card User Interface to Enter Tax Card Details 80
3.31.1.6. Manage End of Year Changes for 2006 80
3.31.1.7. Generate Payroll Reports for Statutory Compliance 80
3.31.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 81
3.31.2.1. Generate and Submit ALECTA Report 81
3.31.2.2. Print Batch Payslips 81
3.31.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 81
3.31.3.1. Use Updated Tax Tables and Tax Declaration Report 81
3.31.3.2. Use Updated Income Statement Reports and KU Reports (End of Year Changes 2009) 81
3.32. Oracle HRMS (UAE) 81
3.32.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 81
3.32.1.1. Use the Payroll Exception Report 81
3.32.2. Release 12.1.2 81
3.32.2.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 81
3.32.2.2. View Magtape Output Window 81
3.32.2.3. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances 82
3.32.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 82
3.32.3.1. Payroll Dashboard 82
3.32.4. Release 12.2.4 82
3.32.4.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date 82
3.33. Oracle HRMS (UK) 82
3.33.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 82
3.33.1.1. No Longer Need to Specify the National Identifier When Hiring Employees in SSHR 82
3.33.1.2. Calculate Accurate Average Earnings for Employees with Multiple Assignments 82
3.33.1.3. Generate Accurate Payroll Calculations Subsequent to Performing a Reverse Payroll Run 83
3.33.1.4. Display Accurate Details in the Payroll Summary Report 83
3.33.1.5. Accurately Employ Adjustments Against Court Order Elements 83
3.33.1.6. Specify Average Earning Amounts for Maternity Pay 83
3.33.1.7. Display the Correct Week in the Pay Advice Report 83
3.33.1.8. Use the Date Worked Payment Method to Pay Non-Recurring Claims 83
3.33.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 83
3.33.2.1. Use the New NUVOS Pension Scheme to Comply with Recent Statutory Updates 83
3.33.2.2. Use the New Local Government Pension Scheme (LGPS) to Comply with Statutory Changes 84
3.33.2.3. Comply with Statutory Changes to P46 Car EDI 84
3.33.2.4. Comply with Statutory Updates to P14 EDI 84
3.33.2.5. Comply with Pre-Budget Statutory Updates 84
3.33.2.6. Comply with Start of Year Statutory Updates 84
3.33.2.7. Comply with NI Rollup Statutory Updates 85
3.33.2.8. Comply with Statutory Updates to In Year Filing Reports 85
3.33.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 85
3.33.3.1. Comply with Recent Statutory Changes 85
3.33.4. Release 12.1.2 86
3.33.4.1. Upgrade Latest Balance Table 86
3.33.4.2. Partial Period Accruals 87
3.33.4.3. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments 87
3.33.4.4. View Cost Allocations 87
3.33.4.5. View Magtape Output Window 87
3.33.4.6. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances 87
3.33.4.7. Use Field KIT Days 87
3.33.4.8. P6/P9 Output 87
3.33.4.9. View SOE Balances 87
3.33.5. Release 12.1.3 88
3.33.5.1. BI Publisher (eText) Reports 88
3.33.5.2. Start Of Year (SOY) Future Changes Validation check 88
3.33.5.3. Defaulting PAYE Aggregation for Secondary Assignments 88
3.33.5.4. School Workforce Census Reporting (Public Sector) 88
3.33.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4 89
3.33.6.1. New Manager SSHR Region to Record Evidence for Sickness Absence 89
3.33.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 89

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document xii
3.33.7.1. Payroll Groups 89
3.33.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 89
3.33.8.1. Ability to capture disability information in Self-Service 89
3.33.8.2. Payroll Dashboard 90
3.33.8.3. Online PDF Payslip 90
3.33.8.4. Payroll Simulator 90
3.33.8.5. EYU Reconciliation Report 90
3.33.9. Release 12.2 90
3.33.9.1. Element Register Report enabled 90
3.33.10. Release 12.2.4 91
3.33.10.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date 91
3.34. Oracle HRMS (US) 91
3.34.1. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 91
3.34.1.1. Use Ethnic Categories Recognized by Agencies for EEO-1, EEO4, EEO5, and IPEDS Reports 91
3.34.1.2. Obtain VETS-100 Reports Based on the Previous Year 91
3.34.1.3. Statutory Changes to EEO-1 Paper and Magnetic Reports 91
3.34.1.4. Control Resident Wage Accumulation and Tax Calculation 91
3.34.1.5. Use Open Plan Solution Formats for TIAA-CREF Files 92
3.34.1.6. Capture Make-up Amounts for Roth Contributions on W-2s 92
3.34.1.7. Identify Initial and Subsequent Corrections on W-2Cs 92
3.34.1.8. Submit the Florida State Quarterly Wage Listings File in XML Format 92
3.34.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 92
3.34.2.1. Comply with State of Maryland - W-2 Magnetic Media Updates 92
3.34.2.2. Comply with Social Security Administration Changes 93
3.34.2.3. Comply with JIT and School District Updates 93
3.34.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 93
3.34.3.1. Correctly Print Multiple Child Support Attachment Numbers and Amounts on Third Party Checks and
Third Party NACHA Output 93
3.34.3.2. Override Garnishment Minimum Wage Rules and Factors to Comply with non-Standard Involuntary
Deduction Requirements 93
3.34.3.3. Create Custom BI Publisher Templates for Payroll 93
3.34.3.4. Use New Retro Overlap Functionality 93
3.34.4. Release 12.1.2 93
3.34.4.1. Cash Management Integration with US Payroll for EFT (NACHA) Reconciliation 93
3.34.4.2. Select Custom Template When Printing Employee W-2s 93
3.34.4.3. XML-Based Employer W-2 to be Filed With the State Report 94
3.34.5. Release 12.1.3 94
3.34.5.1. Produce Printable and Customizable Online Payslips 94
3.34.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 94
3.34.6.1. New XML-Based Third Party Check Writer Process 94
3.34.6.2. Override State Withholding Lines in Self Service 94
3.34.6.3. New Override Check Date for Check Writer (XML) Report 94
3.34.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 94
3.34.7.1. Employees Can Now Model Their Paychecks Online! 94
3.34.7.2. Employee W-2c Now Available Online 95
3.34.7.3. New XML-Based Employee W-2c PDF Report More Versatile and Robust 95
3.34.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 95
3.34.8.1. Support for Local Employer Taxes 95
3.34.8.2. Support for State Tax Levies 95
3.34.8.3. Payroll Dashboard 95
3.34.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 96
3.34.9.1. Support for Local Pre-tax Taxability Rules 96
3.34.9.2. Electronic Payments for State Tax Levies 96
3.34.9.3. Simplified Employee Tax Record Display 96
3.34.9.4. Streamlined W-2 and 1099-R Electronic Filing 96
3.34.9.5. Enhanced Payroll Dashboard 96
3.35. Oracle iRecruitment 96
3.35.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 96
3.35.1.1. Automatically Enroll New Hires into Compensation Plans Included in their Jobs Offers 96

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document xiii
3.35.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 97
3.35.2.1. Use the Changed Vacancy Status Field When Creating or Updating Vacancies 97
3.35.2.2. Reconsider Terminated Applications 97
3.35.2.3. View Annualized Salary Details When Creating or Updating Offers 97
3.35.2.4. Warn Managers Or Display an Error Message if an Active Offer Exists During Offer Extension 97
3.35.2.5. View Offer Status and Offer Last Update Date for Applicants 97
3.35.2.6. View Offer Approval History 98
3.35.2.7. Search for Closed Offers 98
3.35.2.8. Withdraw Offers 98
3.35.3. Release 12.1.1 98
3.35.3.1. Interview Management 98
3.35.3.2. Recruitment Communications 99
3.35.3.3. Employee Referrals 99
3.35.3.4. Notifications for New Job Applications and Application Status Changes 99
3.35.3.5. Enhanced Searches 100
3.35.3.6. Attachments in Vacancy and Offers 100
3.35.3.7. Dashboards for Hiring Manager and Recruiter 100
3.35.3.8. Reconsider Terminated Applications 100
3.35.3.9. Offer Withdrawal 100
3.35.4. Release 12.1.2 101
3.35.4.1. Create External User Accounts for Candidate Records Created by Managers and Recruiters 101
3.35.4.2. Use RSS Feeds links when searching for Jobs 101
3.35.4.3. Use Hyperlinks in the Notifications to Navigate to iRecruitment Pages 101
3.35.4.4. View Interview iCalendar file (.ics file) Attachments in Notifications 101
3.35.4.5. View Salary Amounts in the Corporate Currency 102
3.35.4.6. View Resume and Documents on iRecruitment pages 102
3.35.4.7. Provide comments while withdrawing job applications or terminating job applications 102
3.35.4.8. Use Document type restriction for file uploads 102
3.35.4.9. View Job Details and Candidate Details in Popup windows on iRecruitment pages 102
3.35.4.10. Record Notes on Applicants 103
3.35.5. Release 12.1.3 103
3.35.5.1. Candidate Profile 103
3.35.5.2. Find Duplicates 103
3.35.5.3. HR-XML 2.5 Compliance for Job Board Posting 103
3.35.5.4. Salary Basis and/or Proposed Salary fields non-mandatory 104
3.35.5.5. Dated Updates for Application Statuses 104
3.35.5.6. Offer related changes for Employee Applicants 104
3.35.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4 104
3.35.6.1. View Application Details of a Hired Applicant 104
3.35.6.2. Initiate Self Service HR Applicant Hire Process from Offers 104
3.35.6.3. Dynamically populate the Vacancy and Application Status LOVs in iRecruitment 105
3.35.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 105
3.35.7.1. Access to internal job site for contingent workers 105
3.35.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 105
3.35.8.1. Applicant Time Resume 105
3.35.8.2. Administer Assessment in Multiple Languages 105
3.35.8.3. View All Scheduled Interviews 106
3.35.8.4. Upload Offer Letters When Creating or Updating Offers 106
3.35.8.5. View Complete Interview Location Address Details 106
3.35.8.6. Control the Ability of Managers to Apply for Vacancies Created by Subordinate Employees in Their
Supervisor Hierarchy 106
3.35.8.7. Auto Complete Disabled for Certain Fields in iRecruitment 106
3.35.8.8. Enter Key Mapped with Go Button for Specific Fields in iRecruitment 106
3.35.8.9. Avoid Issues When Using DMZ Instance for iRecruitment 106
3.35.9. Release 12.2 107
3.35.9.1. Multi Location Vacancy 107
3.36. Oracle iRecruitment Extensions for Endeca 107
3.36.1. Release 12.1.3+ 107
3.36.1.1. Job Search for Candidates 107

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document xiv
3.37. Oracle International HR and Payroll 108
3.37.1. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 108
3.37.1.1. Support for Payroll Archiver 108
3.37.1.2. Online Payslip 108
3.37.1.3. Rehire before FPD 108
3.37.1.4. Direct Deposit 108
3.37.1.5. Support for Enhanced Retro Pay 108
3.37.1.6. Payroll Exception Report 108
3.37.1.7. View Balance SS Page 108
3.38. Oracle Labor Distribution 109
3.38.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3) 109
3.38.1.1. Use Employee Work Schedules to Distribute and Encumber Labor Costs 109
3.38.1.2. Set Up Clearing Accounts for Multiple Payrolls 109
3.38.1.3. Process Payroll Reversals, Balance Adjustments, and Retroactive Payments More Easily 109
3.38.1.4. Specify Accounting Dates When Transferring Distribution Lines to Oracle General Ledger, Oracle
Projects, and Oracle Grants Accounting 109
3.38.1.5. Use Parameter Sets to Run Scheduling and Distribution Reports More Easily 109
3.38.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5) 110
3.38.2.1. Rollback Create Distribution Lines Process for All Periods by Providing the Highest Time Period Name
110
3.38.2.2. Use New Predefined Salary Cap Rates 110
3.38.2.3. Control the Behavior of the Import Process 110
3.38.3. Release 12.1.1 110
3.38.3.1. Integration with Award Distribution Functionality in Grants Accounting 110
3.38.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 110
3.38.4.1. Archive and Retrieval processes for Pre-Gen Distribution Interface 110
3.38.5. Release 12.2.4 111
3.38.5.1. Quick Pay Archiver Process for International HRMS Users 111
3.39. Oracle Learning Management 111
3.39.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2) 111
3.39.1.1. Check Duplicate Contacts for External Learners 111
3.39.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP4) 111
3.39.2.1. Use Keywords to Search for Courses in OLM 111
3.39.3. Release 12.1.1 111
3.39.3.1. Learners Can View Catalog Attachments 111
3.39.3.2. Free Text Question Type 112
3.39.3.3. Mandatory Enrollment 112
3.39.3.4. Course Evaluation 113
3.39.3.5. Reports for Certification, Forums & Chats 113
3.39.3.6. Learner Groups 113
3.39.3.7. Learner Basic Search Enhancements 113
3.39.4. Release 12.1.2 114
3.39.4.1. Electronic Signature 114
3.39.4.2. Administrator Access Control 114
3.39.4.3. Enhanced Learning Path Functionality 114
3.39.4.4. Automatic calculation of End Date for Learner Competency 115
3.39.4.5. New functionality for reducing the number of clicks in OLM Pages 115
3.39.5. Release 12.1.3 115
3.39.5.1. Popup Window on the Administrator Enrollments Page 115
3.39.5.2. Popup Window on the Administrator Catalog Page 116
3.39.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4 116
3.39.6.1. SCORM 2004 compliance 116
3.39.6.2. Enhanced certification functionality 116
3.39.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 117
3.39.7.1. Enhanced Learner access using eligibility profiles 117
3.39.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 117
3.39.8.1. Automatic Certification Subscription 117
3.39.8.2. Integration to Oracle Webcenter content 117
3.39.8.3. Automatic Update Competence When Manually Setting Certification Status 118

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document xv
3.39.8.4. Course Pictures 118
3.39.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 118
3.39.9.1. Player Status Update 118
3.39.9.2. Revoke Administrator Access Control 119
3.39.9.3. Preventing Closing and Collapsing of the Outline in the Player 119
3.39.10. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 119
3.39.10.1. Enrollment end date in the past 119
3.39.11. Release 12.2.4 119
3.39.11.1. New Learner Interface 119
3.39.11.2. Catalog Item Picture 119
3.39.11.3. Ratings and Reviews 120
3.40. Oracle Mobile Learner Application 120
3.40.1. Overview 120
3.40.2. V. 1.3.0 120
3.40.2.1. Mobile Foundation Release 4.0 Updates 120
3.41. Oracle Learning Management Extensions for Endeca 120
3.41.1. Release 12.1.3+ 120
3.41.1.1. New Search and Browse 120
3.42. Oracle Payroll 121
3.42.1. Release 12.1.1 121
3.42.1.1. Approval Mechanism for Manager Self Service - Assignment Costing 121
3.42.1.2. Upgrade of Historical Costing Data to Support Subledger Accounting 121
3.42.2. Release 12.1.2 121
3.42.2.1. Purge Process for Pay events table 121
3.42.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 121
3.42.3.1. Quick-Retro Pay 121
3.42.3.2. Self Service Batch Element Entry 121
3.42.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 122
3.42.4.1. Void Check Process 122
3.42.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 122
3.42.5.1. Payroll Dashboard 122
3.42.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 122
3.42.6.1. Auto Populate Third Party Bank Information 122
3.42.6.2. Ability to Add Extra Payroll Period to Weekly or Biweekly Payroll Calendar 122
3.42.6.3. Costing of Payment Reports 123
3.42.6.4. Enhanced Payroll Dashboard 123
3.42.7. Release 12.2 123
3.42.7.1. Enhanced Retro Pay set as Default 123
3.42.8. Release 12.2.4 123
3.42.8.1. Create and Update Multiple Retro Assignments using Web ADI Spreadsheet 123
3.43. Oracle Performance Management 123
3.43.1. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4) 123
3.43.1.1. Manage Offline Appraisals 123
3.43.1.2. Web ADI Support for Succession Planning Data Update 124
3.43.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 124
3.43.2.1. Support Decimal Values for Fields Using Quantitative Measurement Style While Creating Objectives124
3.43.2.2. Create Appraisals for New Joinees And Transfers-In Whose Employment Start Date Is Later Than the
Appraisal Task Start Date 124
3.43.2.3. View the Status of Scorecards and Appraisals of Workers Who are no Longer Part of Published Plan
Population 124
3.43.2.4. Provide Complete % Value Either More than or Less than 100 for Objectives 124
3.43.2.5. Update Description Details of Objectives Created by Employees 125
3.43.2.6. Add Jobs and Job Competency Requirements During An Appraisal Period 125
3.43.3. Release 12.1.1 125
3.43.3.1. Mass Cascading of Objectives 125
3.43.3.2. Line of Sight of Objectives 126
3.43.3.3. Display Workforce Performance Management Appraisals in the Appraisals Function 126
3.43.3.4. Reference to Talent Management Replaced with Performance Management 126

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document xvi
3.43.3.5. Support Decimal Values for Fields Using Quantitative Measurement Style While Creating Objectives126
3.43.3.6. Display Competency and Objectives Scores on Workflow Notification Page 126
3.43.3.7. Changes to Reject Option in Notifications 127
3.43.3.8. Enhance Capability of HR Administrator Function 127
3.43.3.9. Process for Managing Completed Performance Management Plans 127
3.43.4. Release 12.1.2 127
3.43.4.1. Use Eligibility Criteria to Define Plan Population 127
3.43.4.2. Use Performance Journal 128
3.43.5. Release 12.1.3 128
3.43.5.1. Manage Appraisals of Terminated Workers 128
3.43.5.2. Editable Pop-up for Quick Updates to Objectives 128
3.43.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 128
3.43.6.1. Performance Administrator enhancements 128
3.43.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 129
3.43.7.1. Perform Mass Change of Appraisers 129
3.43.7.2. Use Configurable Print Options to Print Appraisals 129
3.43.7.3. Use New Questionaire Administration Feature 129
3.43.8. Release 12.2 130
3.43.8.1. Use Star Ratings to Rate Performance and Proficiency Levels. 130
3.44. Oracle Self Service Human Resources (SSHR) 130
3.44.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2) 130
3.44.1.1. Allow Transition Initiator to Delete Pending for Approval Transactions 130
3.44.1.2. Self-Service Change Pay Rate Functionality 130
3.44.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 131
3.44.2.1. View Accrual Balances for Employees Across Business Groups 131
3.44.2.2. Avoid Errors When Routing Approvals in Oracle SSHR 131
3.44.3. Release 12.1.1 132
3.44.3.1. Adjusted Service Date 132
3.44.3.2. Grade Step/Point Changes 132
3.44.3.3. Leave Accrual Information Based on Effective Date 132
3.44.3.4. Secured Access for Workflow Administrators Using Security Profiles 133
3.44.3.5. Succession Planning 133
3.44.4. Release 12.1.1+ 133
3.44.4.1. Employee Talent Profile 133
3.44.5. Release 12.1.2 133
3.44.5.1. Hire Employee Applicant into New Assignments 133
3.44.5.2. Rehire Ex-employees 133
3.44.5.3. View Oracle Self-Service Attachments in Oracle HRMS 134
3.44.5.4. Terminate Secondary Assignments 134
3.44.5.5. Use Context Sensitive EITs 134
3.44.5.6. View Employee Information in Popup Windows 134
3.44.6. Release 12.1.3 134
3.44.6.1. Hire Employee Applicants and replace or merge applicant assignment with Primary Assignment 134
3.44.6.2. Reverse Termination 135
3.44.6.3. Voluntary Termination 135
3.44.6.4. Transaction Details in FYI Notifications 135
3.44.6.5. View Entitlement Balances in Notifications 135
3.44.6.6. Restrict Absence Type LOV 136
3.44.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 136
3.44.7.1. Support for Parallel Approvals in SSHR 136
3.44.7.2. Organization Chart 136
3.44.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 137
3.44.8.1. Launch Actions from a Side Navigator in Organization Chart or Talent Profile 137
3.44.8.2. Control the Display of Effective Date, Review, and Confirmation Pages 137
3.44.8.3. Use Quick Termination and Change Hours Processes 137
3.44.8.4. Current Effective Date Appears on Initial Page 137
3.44.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7 138
3.44.9.1. SSHR Transaction Monitor 138
3.44.10. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 138
3.44.10.1. Assignment level hierarchy support in Talent Profile Organization Chart 138

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document xvii
3.45. Oracle Succession Planning 138
3.45.1. Release 12.1.2 138
3.45.1.1. Succession Plans 138
3.45.1.2. Suitability Matching 139
3.45.1.3. Talent Profile Comparison Report 139
3.45.1.4. Update Succession Plan Extra Information Type for Workers 139
3.45.1.5. Create Succession Plans for Contingent Workers 139
3.45.1.6. View Talent Profile of Workers from Succession Planning Page 139
3.45.1.7. View Succession Plans of Ex-employees 139
3.45.1.8. View Employee Information in Popup Windows 139
3.45.2. Release 12.1.3 140
3.45.2.1. Usability Changes in Succession Planning 140
3.45.3. Release 12.1.3+ 140
3.45.3.1. Enhanced Succession Planning 140
3.45.3.2. Succession Planning Portals for Talent Managers and HR Professionals 140
3.45.3.3. Succession Analytics 140
3.45.3.4. View Succession Hierarchy 141
3.45.3.5. Succession Plan Administration 141
3.45.4. Release 12.2.5 141
3.45.4.1. Configurable Talent Matrix 141
3.46. Oracle Time and Labor 142
3.46.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2) 142
3.46.1.1. Automatic Days-to-Hours Conversion 142
3.46.1.2. Mixed Format Entries 142
3.46.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 142
3.46.2.1. Use the Multi-Threaded Archive and Restore Process 142
3.46.3. Release 12.1.1 143
3.46.3.1. Blank Timecard Rows Retained while Saving Timecard 143
3.46.3.2. Define Number of Timesheet Line Rows to Pre-populate 143
3.46.3.3. Summarize Regular/Overtime Hours Separately 143
3.46.3.4. Supervisor Report to Identify Missing Timesheets 143
3.46.3.5. Supervisor List of Timesheets Expected and Status Online 143
3.46.3.6. Audit Change Report - Identify Changes Made to Timesheets 143
3.46.3.7. Audit Trail on Time Cards 144
3.46.3.8. Display Last Person Who Updated Timesheet 144
3.46.3.9. Changes in Core HR and OTL to Support Services Procurement 144
3.46.3.10. Multiple Alias Support in Notification Layout 144
3.46.3.11. OTL User Interface Enhancements 144
3.46.3.12. Disabled Text Field Enhancement 145
3.46.3.13. Enhancement to Preference Eligibility Criteria (Responsibility-based Preference) 145
3.46.4. Release 12.1.2 145
3.46.4.1. OTL Time Card integration with HR Absences 145
3.46.5. Release 12.1.3 145
3.46.5.1. Time Card Retrieval Dashboard 145
3.46.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5 146
3.46.6.1. Rollback Transfer Time from OTL to BEE process. 146
3.46.6.2. Retrieval Dashboard changes 146
3.46.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6 146
3.46.7.1. Enhanced Timecard Status Dashboard 146
3.46.8. Release 12.1 RUP7 146
3.46.8.1. Self Service Additional Details 146
3.46.8.2. Assignment Time Information 146
3.46.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8 147
3.46.9.1. Time Entry Detail Report 147
3.46.9.2. OTLR Timecard Integration with HR Absences 147
3.46.9.3. Day of the Week Rule 147
3.46.10. Release 12.2 147
3.46.10.1. New Projects Layouts for Actual Costing 147
3.46.10.2. Attachments in Timecards 147
3.46.10.3. Checkbox to Confirm Time Entry Accuracy 148

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document xviii
3.46.11. Release 12.2.5 148
3.46.12. Concurrent run of Transfer time for OTL to BEE 148
3.47. Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite 148
3.47.1. Overview 148
3.47.2. V.1.1.0 148
3.47.2.1. Mobile Foundation Updates 148
3.47.3. V. 1.2.0 149
3.47.3.1. Mobile Foundation Release 3.0 Updates 149
3.47.4. V. 1.3.0 149
3.47.4.1. Mobile Foundation Release 4.0 Updates 149
3.48. Oracle US Federal Human Resources 149
3.48.1. Releases 12.0.5 (RUP5) 149
3.48.1.1. Process Pay for Employees Based on the Title 38 Public Law 149
3.48.1.2. Use Multiple Legal Authority Descriptions When Processing AFHR Employees 149
3.48.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7 149
3.48.2.1. Comply with Inspector General Pay Reform Implementation 149
3.48.2.2. Use the New Regions Available in the Self Service Pages 150

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2 Release Content Document xix
1. Disclaimer
This Release Content Document (RCD) describes product features that are proposed for
the specified releases of the Oracle E-Business Suite. This document describes new or
changed functionality only. Existing functionality from prior releases is not described. It
is intended solely to help you assess the business benefits of upgrading to the specified
release of the Oracle E-Business Suite.
This document in any form, software or printed matter, contains proprietary information
that is the exclusive property of Oracle. Your access to and use of this confidential
material is subject to the terms and conditions of your Oracle Software License and
Service Agreement, which has been executed and with which you agree to comply. This
document and information contained herein may not be disclosed, copied, reproduced or
distributed to anyone outside Oracle without prior written consent of Oracle. This
document is not part of your license agreement nor can it be incorporated into any
contractual agreement with Oracle or its subsidiaries or affiliates.
This document is for informational purposes only and is intended solely to assist you in
planning for the implementation and upgrade of the product features described. It is not a
commitment to deliver any material, code, or functionality, and should not be relied upon
in making purchasing decisions. The development, release, and timing of any features or
functionality described in this document remains at the sole discretion of Oracle.
Due to the nature of the product architecture, it may not be possible to safely include all
features described in this document without risking significant destabilization of the code.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 1
2. Introduction

2.1. Purpose of Document


This Release Content Document (RCD) communicates information about new or changed
functionality introduced in Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1 and 12.2, and in
subsequent Release Update Packs (RUPs) and off-cycle patches. For your convenience,
it also includes new or changed functionality introduced in the RUPs for Release 12,
including 12.0.2 through 12.0.7.
The features and enhancements described in this document are grouped by product, and
then by the release in which they first became available, for example, Release 12.1.1.
Features released in an off-cycle patch have a special designation for example, a feature
released after 12.1.1, but before 12.1.2, is designated as Release 12.1.1+.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Purpose of Document 2
3. New and Changed Features in Human Capital
Management

3.1. Oracle Advanced Benefits

3.1.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.1.1.1. Reopen Life Events Process


This enhancement provides the benefits users the flexibility to reopen a large volume of
life events as a batch. Previously, they had to be manually reopened individually. In
combination with the "OE Window Modification" functionality, users can extend
enrollment windows after reopening the processed events.
3.1.1.2. Open Enrollment Window Modification
There is now a concurrent process titled "Manage Open Enrollment Window" which
provides the flexibility to modify an existing Open Enrollment Window's Enrollment
Period End Date, Processing End Date, Default Enrollment Date, or Provide a Number of
Days Extension.
3.1.1.3. Tracking Ineligible to Ineligible Row Creation
When the "Track Ineligible" flag is on, and a participant was initially found ineligible for
the compensation object, this functionality writes a new row for a subsequent life event
(even though the participant remains ineligible). The new ineligibility row has updated
derived factor values for tracking and calculations.
3.1.1.4. Additional Input Parameters for Fast Formulas
Person_id can now be passed as an input value in Fast Formulas. In the past, Person_id
had to be derived from the Assignment_id.

3.1.2. Release 12.1.1

3.1.2.1. Enforce Minimum Coverage for Life Events with No Electable Choices
There are situations that occur where due to either data or configuration issues, someone
is found ineligible for something in which they are currently enrolled and end up with no
enrollment. This enhancement deals with the functionality of detecting those cases when
a participant loses coverage and is not allowed to make elections for specific events.
With this enhancement, the application performs the following:
Identifies if the minimum enrollment for the Plan Type in Program should be
checked for a business group if an event is processed and the person cannot make
elections.
Checks if a person lost coverage, when you process an event that does not allow
the person to make elections.
Checks if a person still meets the Plan Type in Program minimum limitation
requirements, if the person lost coverage and is still eligible for the Plan Type in
Program that they were enrolled in.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 3
Generates an error if the requirements are not met so the person does not lose
coverage and the eligibility issues can be resolved.
3.1.2.2. Restrict Display of Primary Care Provider
Currently, the Plan Primary Care Provider (PCP) setup controls the display of primary
care providers. This enhancement enables benefits users to configure, based on life
events, whether the Primary Care Provider page on self-service enrollment should be
displayed. A new field called Show Primary Care Provider is now available on the Life
Event Reasons form. This new feature provides you the ability to accept the PCP
information only during the annual or initial enrollments, and allow the medical carrier to
maintain the PCP information thereafter.
3.1.2.3. Enhanced Individual Contribution Distribution
Individual Compensation Distribution (ICD) module has been enhanced for Managers
and Compensation Administrators. Line managers can now achieve the following in the
enhanced module:
Can enter multiple input values associated with an element in a compensation
plan. User will have the flexibility to use within ICD, whole or partial list of
defined input values associated with an element. It will be possible to rename
input values for display in self-service. Also, user will be able to override
sequencing and updateability of input values within ICD.
Can award multiple compensations of same or different type to an employee
within a single transaction on same or different dates.
Can update and delete active and future compensations (e.g. change the amount
dates or delete the award).
Can indicate a distribution end date for a recurring compensation within the same
transaction it is awarded.
Administrators can do the following actions regarding Individual compensation
distribution plans:
Can configure validation on input values based on Value Sets, Data Types,
Minimum, Maximum and Default, Lookups and Fast Formula.
Can configure element entry flex fields to capture compensation related
information for an employee. For example: Justification for the compensation
can now be configured as a flexfield, captured during the transaction and stored
as part of the employee element entries.
Can default input values as a fixed value or using a fast formula.
Can search employees and update or delete awards
Can view, update and delete element entries that did not originate in ICD.
Can configure action items for compensation plans. This will put compensation
on hold for a person, until the action item is provided.

3.1.3. Release 12.1.2

3.1.3.1. Use Default Enrollment to Reinstate Backed Out Intervening Events


Benefits Administrators can now use a new reinstatement code "Reinstate Unless New
Explicit Elections Exist" to reinstate elections made for a backed out event unless explicit
elections have been made within the plan type for an intervening event.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 4
3.1.3.2. Use a New System Profile to Carry Forward Certifications for Life Events
without a Configured Coverage Restriction
Using the new System Profile, BEN: Carry Forward Certification; Benefit Administrators
can carry forward interim and suspended coverage created due to coverage restrictions
configured for a life event when subsequent life events do not have coverage restrictions.
3.1.3.3. Recalculate Imputed Income When Coverage Amount Changes Upon
Receipt of Certification.
This enhancement enables Benefit Administrators to recalculate the imputed income rate
as of when coverage subject to imputed income becomes unsuspended and changes due
to receipt of certification.
3.1.3.4. Suppress HIPAA if Participant Gains Electability in Alternate Plan Type
There may be multiple plan types within a program that have plans subject to HIPAA.
Persons who continue coverage in plans subject to HIPAA although they are in different
plan types are not required to receive the HIPAA communication. This enhancement
now enables Benefits Administrators to suppress the communication trigger type
Participant Deenrollment HIPAA if a participant is dropped from coverage in a plan
subject to HIPAA but gains electability to others plans subject to HIPAA within a
different plan type in the same program.

3.1.4. Release 12.1.3

3.1.4.1. User Defined Criteria for Dependent Eligibility


The current person-related criteria available for dependent eligibility include Disabled,
Marital, Military and Student statuses. User defined criteria available for Participant
profiles allow an expanded choice of criteria including descriptive flexfields. With this
enhancement, benefit administrators will be able to define dependent eligibility based on
an expanded choice of criteria from per_all_people_f such as Tobacco Use, Benefits
Group or descriptive flexfield.

3.1.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.1.5.1. View Rate History in Self Service


With this enhancement, participants will be able to view all of the rate values associated
with an enrollment result in Self Service. Rates may change over the span of a single
coverage period. Now, participants can view costs over the time they were enrolled in
the compensation object.
3.1.5.2. Close Enrollment in Self Service
Before this enhancement, when a life event is set to close when elections are made, it will
not close when the elections are made in Self Service until the Close Enrollment
concurrent process is run. Now benefit administrators can allow participants to close
such enrollments via self service. Participants can then make elections and proceed
with a subsequent or previously backed out life event without intervention from the back
office.
3.1.5.3. Reopen Reinstated Enrollment
A benefit administrator can now decide whether reinstated enrollments should be
automatically closed, or whether an enrollment opportunity should be reopened to allow

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 5
participants to confirm or update the reinstated results. Before this enhancement, if the
reinstated results needed to be changed, the life event had to be manually reopened.
Now it is possible to allow participants to use self service to make any adjustments to the
backed out enrollment without back office intervention.
3.1.5.4. Deactivate Communication Type
Prior to this extract, users were unable to end a communication type that was no longer
being offered. Now users have the ability to flag a communication type that is no longer
in use to stop it from triggering on a persons record.
The flag is datetracked and easily viewable. Now the Benefit professional can easily see
when a communication is no longer being provided and also has the ability to reactivate
the communication type if it is needed at a later date.
3.1.5.5. Eligibility for Person Changes and Communication Types
In addition to defining a life event based on a person change, benefit administrators can
attach eligibility profiles so that static data associated with the person can be considered
when determining whether a life event should be detected.
Also, eligibility profiles can be associated with a communication type, adding additional
criteria to the trigger and usage definitions to determine whether the person should be
receiving a communication type. This reduces the unnecessary detection of life events
and communication types.
3.1.5.6. All Ineligible Flag for Compensation Objects
Now when a compensation object is no longer being offered, benefit administrators can
flag the object to be discontinued. When the participation process is run, it will find all
persons ineligible, causing existing enrollees to be de-enrolled and prohibiting any
ability to enroll.
Prior to this, benefit administrators had to create an eligibility profile with artificial
criteria to find all possible participants ineligible. This required the administrator to
continue to monitor and maintain eligibility due to the possibility of a person actually
meeting the artificial profile criteria. The flag is also clearly visible and date tracked
allowing the benefit professional to quickly see whether a compensation object is
currently discontinued.
3.1.5.7. Use Person Selection rule for Extract Process
The feature adds person selection rule as an optional parameter for running a System
Extract. This allows users to collect data for a subset of the original population on an ad
hoc basis without having to modify the selection criteria in the extract definition or create
copies.
3.1.5.8. Delete Unrestricted Enrollment
Once an unrestricted life event (Oracle Standard Benefits) has been detected and started
for a person, there was no process for removing the life event and any associated benefit
enrollment data. If an unrestricted enrollment was made for an original hire date, but
that date needed to be moved to a later date, this could not be done as this would result in
benefit information associate with the person to start prior to their record start date. Now
there is a concurrent process that can be added to a responsibilitys request group which
will allow the user to remove all of the data associated with an Unrestricted enrollment
for a person.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 6
3.1.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.1.6.1. Enhanced Life Event Summary Report


A new module is added to the Life Event Summary Report to provide details on life
events in Detected and Unprocessed status. This gives Benefit Administrators more
information regarding what life events existing during the specified time period and who
may have outstanding life events that have not been processed and may need to be
addressed before later life events, such as Open Enrollment can be processed.
3.1.6.2. Trigger Life Events from Person and Assignment Information Types
With the release, Benefit Administrators can define Person changes based on the creation
or change to a Person or Assignment Extra Information Type. This provides additional
sources for detecting life events and opening enrollment opportunities..
3.1.6.3. Control Ability to Designate Participant as Beneficiary
Plan requirements may prohibit participants from designating themselves as beneficiaries.
With this release, the beneficiary designations can be configured to exclude the participant
as a potential plan beneficiary.

3.1.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.1.7.1. Show/Hide by Plan Type on Self Service Selection Page


With this enhancement, participants will be able to hide the electable choices within a
plan type. This will allow participants to restrict the view to only those plan types they
are intending to make elections and minimize the need to scroll through the window.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.1.7.2. Exclude Dependents from System Extract
Before this enhancement, even if a participant is excluded from an extract based on the
person type usage, dependents were not excluded when special handling was used. Now
there is a Person selection criteria of Participants Person Type Usage which allows
dependents to be selected or excluded based on the person type of the associated
participant.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.1.7.3. Limit Related Person Life Event Based on Loss of Coverage
A new System Profile BEN: Check Related Person now allows benefit administrators
to limit the detection of life events for related persons to only those contacts that have lost
coverage due to ineligibility or change in contact relationship. This will limit the
detection and processing of unnecessary life events.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.1.7.4. Attachments During Self Service Enrollment
A new page has been added to the Benefit Self Service Enrollment function that provides
participants with information regarding documents or certifications needed to complete
the enrollment. Participants will have the ability to upload such documentation. Benefit
Administrators can then view the attachments associated with the life event and complete
the action items.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 7
3.1.7.5. Email Documents Generated from System Extract
Using System Extract, benefit administrators can generate XML notices and reminders
for individuals. Until this release, there was no automatic way to deliver the
communications. New parameters have been added to the Extract Process and Extract
Write Process so that Administrators can select whether the extract results should be sent
via email to the recipient and enter the From and Reply to email address. The email
server details are defined via two System Profiles
FND: SMPT Host
FND:SMPT Port
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.1.7.6. Email Benefit Confirmation Statements
With this release, there is a new Concurrent process, Ben Confirmation Summary and
Email that allows Benefit Administrators to email the delivered confirmation statement to
participants. Additionally, the administrator can include a subject line, From Address
and Reply To address.
The email server details are defined via two System Profiles
FND: SMPT Host
FND:SMPT Port
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.1.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.1.8.1. Self-Service Text for the Attachment Page


Benefit Administrators can now add instructions in the form of self-service text
communication types to the Attachment page in Self Service. Text can be added for
the overall attachment content
the person attachment content
the dependent attachment content
the beneficiary attachment content
Participants can now be provided additional information and instructions on loading
attachments for certifications required as part of the enrollment.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.1.8.2. Updates to the Benefit Selection Page


With this release, benefit administrators can elect to use an updated benefit selection page
within their self-service benefit train. With this new page, additional information such as
coverage start date, and a popup with certification type and due dates are available in
addition to the new architecture functionality which allows for the user to control what
compensation offerings are displayed. This allows the user to focus on those items of
interest.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Advanced Benefits 8
3.2. Oracle Approvals Management

3.2.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.2.1.1. View Approval History and Approvers


A new approval history region is now available to view the current approval history for a
transaction and also display the next level of approvers. Additionally, you can integrate
the generic region with various applications to display the approvers.

3.2.2. Release 12.1.1

3.2.2.1. Approval Deviations Report


Oracle Approval Management Engine (AME) is a web application for defining business
rules based on which transactions are approved in Oracle Applications. AME generates a
standard approver list based on the rules set up for transaction types either by the
approvals management administrator or approvals management business analyst. Any
change to the standard approver list is a deviation.
Using the Approvals Deviation Report, you can capture the approval deviations that
occurred in approval of transactions to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley (SOX) Act.

3.3. Oracle Compensation Workbench

3.3.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2)

3.3.1.1. View All Compensation Detail Reports without Changing Responsibilities


RUP2 delivers the ability for compensation administrators to view Compensation Detail
Reports based on the HR security profile instead of the manager hierarchy. For example,
administrators can now view all employees of a particular country without having to
access or switch to a senior executive responsibility.
Additional enhancements to the Compensation Detail Report page include:
Employee information, which was previously displayed in a single table, is now
grouped using tabs.
The plan selection page and the parameters page of the old report have been
replaced by filters that can be hidden in the report page.
A new check box, Do Not Restrict By Hierarchy is added to the filters.
A salary statistics tab will display plans that have salary adjustment. The report
can be downloaded in a spreadsheet format based on filter specifications.
3.3.1.2. Provide Responsibility-Based Plan Access to Administrators
This enhancement allows organizations to regulate administrator access to plan
information in Compensation Workbench. In Release 12, administrators have
uncontrolled access to all plans in the Compensation Workbench setup, presenting
potential security and data privacy issues. Now, an administrator can be granted super
administrator privileges, enabling him/her to access new setup pages where he/she can

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Approvals Management 9
map the responsibilities of other administrators to the plans that they are allowed to
access. These same setup pages can be used to revoke access, if needed.
This security mechanism is not enabled by default and does not change the default
behavior of Compensation Workbench. If Plan Security is required, super administrators
can enable it from the Compensation Workbench preferences page.
3.3.1.3. Reduce Post Processing Time between Multiple Business Organizations
To enable more powerful filtering capabilities in the Compensation Workbench Post
Process, a new parameterPerson Selection Rulehas been added to the Post Process
parameters page. By selecting a rule (or fast formula) defined as type 'Person Selection'
users can filter the employee population eligible for processing. Multiple organizations
can now be processed in parallel, for example, by using a Person Selection rule defined to
identify certain employees across different organizations.
This new parameter is optional and is available when submitting the Compensation
Workbench Post Process request from the Compensation Workbench Administrator's
home page or as a concurrent request from the Professional User Interface.
3.3.1.4. Perform Dynamic Calculations in Multiple Columns
This enhancement allows users to define dynamic calculations on the rate columns,
specifically the worksheet amount rates, separately from the custom columns (custom
segments 1 to 20). Additionally, users can define a condition and condition results using
column names, and define custom errors and warnings based on their requirements.
This feature needs to be configured and enabled by the Administrators; therefore
customers who do not wish to use it will not be impacted.

3.3.2. Release 12.1.1

3.3.2.1. Anniversary Date Based Awards


Currently, Oracle Compensation Workbench allows employee rewards to be paid out on
a single day across the eligible population. This enhancement provides the ability to
reward employees based on an anniversary or variable date. The award effective date
could be based on an employees latest hire date, date of last pay increase or promotion,
or any other reference point. You can define your business rules to determine award
effective dates for employees. Reward effective dates can be defaulted into the
Compensation Workbench worksheet where managers may or may not have the ability to
make updates. This allows managers to do up front budgeting and allocate compensation
based on the individual employees award effective date.
3.3.2.2. Print Total Compensation Statements for Groups of Employees
Currently, you can print statements for one employee at a time. With this enhancement,
you can print statements for groups of employees at the same time. A new Print
Employee Statements batch process and a new UI to submit this batch process are now
available. The administrator can also generate sample statements before submitting the
final print job.
This enhancement provides an efficient way to print and distribute hard copies of Total
Compensation Statements to employees.
Additionally, enhancements have been made to the selection method for the existing
Generate Employee Statements and Purge Employee Statements batch processes. The
Generate Employee Statements process will evaluate any eligibility profiles defined in
the statement setup in addition to the parameters selected allowing them further filter the

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Compensation Workbench 10
employee population. The administrator now has more flexibility when selecting the
employee population for whom statements are to be generated or purged.
3.3.2.3. Display the Worksheet Manager in the Switch To Manager Search Page
Currently, the search results on the Switch To Manager page only provide the employees
supervisor. When an employee has been reassigned from one manager's compensation
worksheet to another, the worksheet manager becomes different from their supervisor
thus making it difficult for managers to search and identify the employees actual
worksheet manager.
With this release, managers and administrators now see the employees worksheet
manager in addition to their supervisor in the Switch To Manager search results within
the compensation worksheet thus making it easier to identify the correct worksheet
manager to whom they need to switch.
3.3.2.4. New Salary Proposal to be Explicitly Approved
Currently, when a new salary proposal is created for a new hire in salary administration it
is automatically approved by default even if the user does not have the correct approval.
This enhancement now offers the ability to explicitly control approvals for new salary
proposals.
The enhancement ensures that the new salary proposal approval is SOX-compliant.
3.3.2.5. Update Percentage of Eligible Salary in Employee Administration
Compensation Administrators are now able to update or override an employees
percentage of eligible salary in Employee Administration. Previously this could only be
updated via the allocation worksheet.
3.3.2.6. View Performance Appraisal Details in Compensation Workbench
Customers who use Oracles EBS Performance Management can now view an
employees latest completed appraisal directly from the Oracle Compensation
Workbench (CWB) allocation worksheet. This means managers can review their
employees latest completed appraisals from within CWB without having to switch
responsibilities to Performance Management.
Previously managers were only able to view their employees final rating when
rewarding their employees. Being able to view employee performance appraisal details
directly from within the CWB worksheet will allow managers to make more informed
decisions when rewarding their employees. Overall this feature offers a more tightly
integrated Talent Management solution.

3.3.3. Release 12.1.2

3.3.3.1. Streamline the Promotions and Allocations Process with Enhanced


Compensation Workbench Spreadsheet Download/Upload Features
Compensation administrators and/or managers can now use the following new features
that enhance the Compensation Workbench (CWB) spreadsheet download and upload
mechanism and provides the ability to:
Personalize the CWB spreadsheet download column prompts (labels) for each
plan. Especially useful for Service providers who host different organizations on a
single software instance, compensation administrators can utilize this feature to
provide unique labels for each organization's plans to meet the different business
requirements.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Compensation Workbench 11
Use the spreadsheet capabilities to update employee promotion data and upload
the changes back to Compensation Workbench. Compensation Managers with
large populations of employees for whom they have to make job, grade, position
or other promotions-related changes will appreciate a streamlined promotions
process.
Upload Custom Segments and Other Rate values to Compensation Workbench.
Currently, compensation managers can update custom segments and other rates
only through the CWB worksheet which can be cumbersome. With this feature,
they can upload custom segment and other rate changes at the same time which
will help to simplify and make the allocations process more efficient.
3.3.3.2. Display Market Salary Survey Data in Compensation Workbench
Compensation workbench now enables compensation managers to compare their
employees' salaries to the prevailing market average wages (market average wages that is
imported into or set up in Oracle HRMS system), thus ensuring equity in pay when
rewarding their employees.

3.3.4. Release 12.1.3

3.3.4.1. Performance and Promotion History Popup in Worksheet


Performance and Promotion history, including such details as current and prior ratings,
rankings, job and/or position changes can now be viewed with one click in the
compensation allocation worksheet in a pop up page.
Giving compensation managers the ability to see their employees Performance and
Promotion history in one place using one or two simple clicks will help them to make
better and more informed decisions when rewarding their employees.
3.3.4.2. Post Zero Salary Increases
Compensation administrators now have the option to post zero (0.00) salary increases or
increments for employees from Compensation Workbench to HR. This means there will
now be a record of a zero change amount in salary proposals of employees who did not
receive any salary increase.
3.3.4.3. Control Period for Viewing Appraisals in Compensation Allocation
Worksheet
The ability to view employee performance appraisal details from within the
compensation allocation worksheet has been further improved by allowing the
administrator to control the date after which completed performance appraisals will be
available for managers to see.
If there are multiple years of performance appraisals in Performance Management, and/or
employees only have completed appraisals from the previous year and not the "current"
period, when the new year's CWB plan is opened, managers will only see their
employees' performance appraisals from the previous period. This feature will ensure
managers will only see the latest completed appraisals for their employees when making
compensation award decisions for the current period.
3.3.4.4. Refresh Plan, Employee and Summary Data from Compensation
Workbench Home Page
Prior to this release, the Compensation Workbench Refresh process was only available in
the Professional User Interface. Now it is available to administrators on the

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Compensation Workbench 12
Compensation Workbench home page allowing them to refresh plan, summary or
employee HR data all within Compensation Workbench.
3.3.4.5. Ensure Employees New Salary is within Grade Range
This new features gives compensation managers and administrators the ability to
optionally validate an employees new salary amount against their salary grade range.
This helps to ensure managers comply with company compensation policies as well as
better pay equity for employees.

3.3.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4

3.3.5.1. Proposed Grade Range, Proposed Grade Midpoint and Proposed


Comparatio now Available for Spreadsheet Download
The following fields are now available to download to spreadsheet: Proposed Grade
Range, Proposed Grade Midpoint, and Proposed Comparatio. This helps managers who
need to work offline or who do not have access to Compensation Workbench to make
better and more informed business decisions during the compensation planning cycle.
3.3.5.2. Run the Back-out Compensation Workbench Life Events Process for Single
Person
Administrators can now back out the Compensation Workbench Life Events process for a
single employee, offering a simple way to back out just one person. Until now, the only
way to accomplish this was to write a person selection rule.
3.3.5.3. Optionally Hide In Progress Salary Increases in Employee History
Enterprises may not want their managers to see salary increases that are in progress if
they only have access to non-base salary type compensation plans. Even if managers do
have access to base salary compensation plans, it can be confusing to see an In Progress
row for an employee's salary increase not yet in effect. Compensation Workbench now
offers the option to suppress In Progress rows for salary increases from being displayed
when viewed in Employee History.
3.3.5.4. Download Data Using Web ADI
You can now download data to an Excel spreadsheet using Web ADI for the Employee
Stock Option History and Employee Compensation History reports. You can also now
download the Post-Process Summary and Error reports. This is useful for managers with
a large number of employees when performing audits and/or reconciliation of
compensation allocations.

3.3.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.3.6.1. Email Employee Compensation Statements


Until now, administrators and managers could only print hard copies of employee
compensation statements and manually distribute them. With this release, statements can
now be securely emailed to employees. Administrators can also send statements to a test
email account to verify and resolve any issues before emailing the official statements.
This results in employees receiving their statements quickly and efficiently, broadening
the communication channel between administrators, managers and their employees.
3.3.6.2. Email Total Compensation Statements
In addition to viewing their statements online via Employee Self Service or receiving a

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Compensation Workbench 13
printed hard copy, employees can now have their total compensation statements emailed
to them. Administrators can choose to email total compensation statements en masse or
select a group of employees just like they can with the mass print process today. They
can also "test drive" emailing statements to resolve any issues prior to emailing the
official statements to employees. The addition of the mass email option helps companies
to directly communicate with their employees, even in cases where employee self
service is not offered.
3.3.6.3. Back out Compensation Workbench Postprocess
Backing out postprocess is required in the event that the compensation changes were
posted on the wrong effective date or the wrong group of assignments was processed, or
if any corrections are required on a mass scale. Until now, there was no way to back out
the changes posted to the HR system as the existing back-out process meant also backing
out all the changes done in Compensation Workbench, such as budget allocations, awards
allocations as well as worksheet submissions and approvals.
Compensation Workbench now offers the ability for administrators to only back out the
updates to employee records in the HR system while allowing the updates in
Compensation Workbench to remain intact. The new Back-out Postprocess allows
administrators to optionally back out performance ratings in addition to compensation
award amounts. Additionally, they can also choose to return compensation worksheet
control back to the managers in the event further changes need to be made before re-
posting. This new feature streamlines the corrections process after posting has already
taken place, making the compensation awards process overall much more efficient and
flexible, resulting in a potentially huge cost savings to employers.

3.3.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7


3.3.7.1. Download/Upload Allocation Worksheet Comments
As part of the compensation allocation process, managers use the Comments field in the
worksheet to make additional notes to assist with approval justifications, as an example.
Managers need a means of communicating additional comments or notes per employee
when performing reward allocations offline as well. With this release, it will now be
possible for managers to not only view and update the comments in the downloaded
spreadsheet, but they can also update existing or add new comments and upload them
back to the worksheet.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.3.7.2. Optionally Disable Drill Down Hyperlink in Online Total
Compensation Statements
When viewing their total compensation statement online, an employee can use a
hyperlink to drill down to view the details of applicable compensation rewards, such as
viewing their salary compensation per pay period. Administrators now have the
capability to optionally disable this hyperlink for certain compensation statement items
and categories in the event that they require only summary totals to be viewable by
employees.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.3.7.3. Display Position Title in Employee Total Compensation Statements
With this release, administrators can choose to additionally display an employees
position title (as opposed to just their job title) on employee total compensation
statements. Many companies store position information for their employees either in

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Compensation Workbench 14
place of or in addition to job information. Providing the option to additionally display an
employee's position gives administrators additional flexibility when creating total
compensation statements.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.3.8. Release 12.2.4

3.3.8.1. Apply Digital Signatures to Authenticate Emailed Employee Statements


Compensation Workbench administrators can email compensation statements to
employees as PDF attachments. With this new feature, administrators can optionally
configure and apply a digital signatures to these emailed employee statements. This
provides additional authentication which helps to further secure the online
communication process. To take advantage of this new feature, administrators use the
Email Statements option that is part of the Employee Statements task.
3.3.8.2. Apply Digital Signatures to Authenticate Emailed Employee Total
Compensation Statements
Compensation administrators can email total compensation statements to employees as
PDF attachments. As these total compensation statements are distributed electronically, it
is important that recipients be able to verify document authenticity and integrity. This
new feature fulfills this requirement by enabling administrators to optionally configure
and apply a digital signature to emailed employee total compensation statements. To take
advantage of this new feature, compensation administrators use the Email Employee
Statements batch process.

3.4. Oracle HCM Configuration Workbench


3.4.1. Release 12.1.1

3.4.1.1. Configurator for Person/Assignment Spreadsheet Loader


Currently the Web ADI spreadsheet solutions available in HCM Configuration
Workbench display almost all the columns of person, address, and assignment entities.
These make the spreadsheet to be very large/wide for a typical user and a user has to
scroll all the way to the necessary fields to fill in the relevant information
.The Spreadsheet Loader Configurator module will address the current limitations and
will provide an ability to carve out sub-set of the spreadsheets depending upon the
business requirements or industry and support multiple data sources. The new solution
has the following advantages:
Support the different sources for data in a flexible manner: APIs, XML and CSV
files
Flexibility to change the layout of the spreadsheet as per industry/vertical
Multiple processes support. e.g. ability to configure spreadsheet for specific
processes like mass location changes, mass organization changes etc.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HCM Configuration Workbench 15
3.5. Oracle Human Resources (Core HR)

3.5.1. Release 12.1.1

3.5.1.1. Knowledge Integration with ENWISEN


Information for decision support to the user within the application enhances the
transactional capabilities of an application. In the absence of precise supporting
information, the organizations workforce may have questions that prevent them from
completing transactions. They may lack requisite knowledge to make the right decisions
at the right time. Knowledge integration enables users to have the appropriate
information.
Integration of Oracle HRMS (Self Service) with content vendors like ENWISEN
provides self-service users the following advantages:
Ability to launch content pages from non-ebusiness suite sites.
Ability to launch third party content sites from HCM self service pages.
A seamless working experience between the two user interfaces where by
information like single sign on, subscription ID, and context of the calling page
are passed to the third party vendor to launch the appropriate page.
A region in Personal Information (SSHR-EBS HCM) to launch the employee
handbook (ENWISEN).
A region in Absence Management (SSHR-EBS HCM) to launch Absence
Policies (ENWISEN).
Easily changeable content in accordance with the changes in company policy.
3.5.1.2. HR Help Desk
An HR Help Desk application is for the Request-to-Resolve process wherein a HR help
desk agent receives requests from the employees on their HR related issues. The HR help
desk agent requires navigating to multiple HR application functions to resolve the issues
raised by the requestors such as employees. Oracle Human Capital Management provides
Web Services to integrate with the PeopleSofts HR Help Desk.
While launching EBS pages, the EBS system evaluates the login users security profile to
identify the security privileges and passes on parameters that help the agent to perform
the transaction.
To enable the HR help agent to use the Help Desk functionality, a system administrator
must complete the following:
Configure the predefined web services in the calling applications Application
Classes to store the data from EBS and display employee data in the 3600 View
page.
Configure the RIR messages to subscribe to the web services published from the
PeopleSoft.
HR Help Desk agent can view or perform transactions related to employee Personal,
Assignment, Benefits, and Payroll details. HR Help Desk feature supports UK and US
legislations.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Human Resources (Core HR) 16
3.5.1.3. Access to Ex-Employee and Future-Dated Employee Records in User Based
and Dynamic Security
Currently, you cannot access ex-employees or future dated employee record(s) if you are
using dynamic security profile. The restriction was placed due to performance
considerations. Unlike static security, in dynamic security profile, the application
evaluates security definition when a user logs in. With a new system profile users are able
to retrieve the ex-employee or future dated employees records.
3.5.1.4. Multi-Tenancy for Business Process Outsourcing vendors
Multi-Tenancy in HCM is the ability for the outsourcing provider to support multiple
clients in the same HR instance. Each client must have exclusive access to only their own
data and should not have access to other Enterprises data. This enhancement will provide
the data separation using Oracle Label Security. A framework will be provided within
HCM to configure the system to operate in multi-tenant mode.

3.5.2. Release 12.1.2

3.5.2.1. Use Search Criteria to Query Records in the People Window


Currently, in the People window, records can be queried by using a blind query or simply
entering %. This causes heavy impact on performance when there is a high volume of
records in the database. From this release onwards, users must provide at least one
selective search criterion, such as first name%, for example: John%. Entering a selective
search criterion improves search performance and minimizes the record retrieval time.
3.5.2.2. Ability to change the Final Process Date when it is set same as the Last
Standard Process Date
Prior to this release, when HR managers processed terminations they could not modify
the Final Process Date (FPD) if the date is same as the Last Standard Process Date
(LSPD). With this release, managers can modify final process date even when it was set
same as the last standard process date.

3.5.3. Release 12.1.3

3.5.3.1. Enhanced Document of Records


Document types shown in the Create or Update pages of Document of Records feature
in Manager Self -Service and Oracle HRMS Fast Path is now dependent on country
selected. Managers and Administrators get to see document types which are relevant to
country chosen. Enterprises can also configure approvals when new documents are create
or updated.
The AME based Approval process can be enabled by adding functional parameter
pAMETranType to the employee and manager self service document of records
function.
3.5.3.2. Ability to Restrict Negative Balance in Absence
Oracle HRMS now enables enterprises to check for leave balance and warn workers
about negative leave balance when they apply for leave. Enterprises can define the HR:
Allow Absence Negative Balance profile option to enable this feature. If the profile value
is set to Yes, then the existing behavior continues. If the profile value is set to No,
workers who overshoot their balance will get a message that their leave balance is
negative and they cannot apply for leave.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Human Resources (Core HR) 17
3.5.3.3. Additional Parameters in BG_ABSENCE_DURATION Fast Formula
Prior to this feature, BG Absence duration fast formula consisted of four parameters:
Start Date, End Date, Start Time, and End Time. To provide more parameters to calculate
absence duration, the first five information attributes of developer descriptive flexfield
Additional Absence Detail Information are now included as input parameters for BG
Absence Duration Fast formula.
3.5.3.4. Ability to use Dynamic Approvals in Checklist
From this release, you can use Oracle Approvals Management (AME) to set up dynamic
approvals for the Checklists functionality. Prior to this release approvals could be set only
on the basis of individual tasks in checklist. With this release approval groups can be
configured on the basis of tasks as well as person for whom checklist/task is assigned.
3.5.3.5. Ability to view Criteria Set associated to Grade Step
While defining GSP, rates can be associated to the Grade steps. The step rate is the salary
amount an employee is eligible for when placed on that step. Criteria Salary Rates
enables user to vary the step rate for different criteria sets.
At present, once a criteria set is associated to Grade ladder, it is not by default visible in
GSP wizard. Users need to remember the name of the Criteria set and then retrieve the
details.
Now, for a Grade Ladder, all associated Criteria sets are listed by default in the Update
Criteria Salary Rate page. Also, in the Task: Rates page a pop-up window is enabled on
the Criteria Salary Rate Exists column, which displays criteria set associated with the
Grade Ladder.

3.5.4. Release 12.1 RUP5

3.5.4.1. Approvals in Global Deployment


Using Global Deployments, HR Professionals can transfer employees from one business
group to other business group either temporarily or as a permanent transfer. Oracle
HRMS now enables enterprises to setup approval processes to route deployment
proposals. Enterprises can configure approval rules using Oracle Approvals Management
(AME).

3.5.5. Release 12.2

3.5.5.1. Workflow Synchronization


The Synchronize WF Local Tables (FNDWFLSC) concurrent Program, also known as
Bulk Synchronization, which was built to move user or role data from product groups to
the Workflow Directory Services (WFDS) tables so that the users and roles created in
those product groups can participate in Workflow processing has been phased out with
this release. This program is now replaced with Incremental Synch APIs provided by
workflow to move user or role data from product groups to the Workflow Directory
Services tables. From this release onwards, Incremental Synch APIs will be called
internally to move user/role data from product groups to the Workflow Directory Services
tables.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Human Resources (Core HR) 18
3.5.5.2. Update Records with Future Person Changes
Prior to this release, HR users could not perform many personnel actions like Hire,
Termination, Rehire, and Reverse Termination if any person type changes existed at a
future date for an employee. Even though this restriction ensured data integrity, this
approach has become restrictive in many standard business cases. With this release
onwards those restrictions are removed while keeping the data integrity. Now, HR users
can perform transactions such as Termination, Reverse Terminations or Reconsider
Application in iRecruitment even though future dated person type changes exist for an
employee. Oracle HRMS provides the HR:Future Dated Person Changes profile option to
control the ability of HR users to perform such changes.

3.6. Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite


3.6.1. Overview
Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite empowers users to
effortlessly search for an employee using intuitive mobile interface. Users can search and
view person details. Accelerate your productivity using Oracle Mobile Person Directory
for Oracle E-Business Suite from your smart phone.

You can:

- Search for an employee and view essential Personal and Assignment details.
- Communicate with the person through the mobile app using different modes like
Phone and E-Mail.
- You can view the persons reporting hierarchy.
You can find the person work location in integrated map interface
3.6.2. V. 1.3.0

3.6.2.1. Mobile Foundation Release 4.0 Updates


Support for enterprise distribution
Customization support for corporate branding
Mobile application management (MAM) support with Oracle Mobile Security
Suite (OMSS), including an enhanced authentication flow

3.7. Oracle Human Resources Extensions for Endeca


3.7.1. V5

3.7.1.1. Workforce Explorer


HR administrators and line managers can use the Endeca fast and intuitive search
interface to search and filter for desired people using to make information driven business
decisions. With the Quick Search, Guided Navigation, Tags, and Geospatial search
filters, users can start with a complete business view. Viewing data as never before, the
results can be further sorted and compared to make quick appropriate business selection

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Person Directory for Oracle E-Business Suite 19
decisions. For further analysis, users can compare people and view results in the
graphical format. Users can then navigate directly to transaction pages.

With Oracle Human Resource Extensions for Endeca, integration in place Oracle HRMS
provides an intuitive interface for the people search. Being fast as it makes use of the in-
memory data of the Endeca product. The integration also provides an effective search by
means of guided navigation. This allows the users to refine their search as they browse.

3.8. Oracle HRMS (Australia)

3.8.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.8.1.1. Nominate Employee Termination Payments (ETP) as Transitional or Non-


Transitional Life Benefit Payments
Employers pay a lump sum amount to employees on their termination or their death
referred to as Employment Termination Payment (or ETP). Employment Termination
Payment was previously called as Eligible Termination Payments.
Employees receive the employee termination payments as:
Life Benefit ETP or Non- transitional Life Benefit ETP - paid to employees on
their termination for any reason other than death
Transitional Life Benefit ETP - paid to employees between 1 July 2007 and 30
June 2012
Death Benefit ETP - paid either to a trustee, dependent, or a non-dependent on
employees death
Employers can now nominate whether a Life Benefit ETP Payment is a transitional ETP
or a non-transitional ETP and if it is part of a previously paid ETP. These ETPs can be
taxable or tax-free. You can now calculate the taxable and tax-free components of these
payments. The Pre 1 July 1983 component of these ETPs and Invalidity ETP Payments
are tax-free. Any other payments other than these components are included in the taxable
components. The taxation of ETPs now includes a threshold that depends on
preservation age of the employee. The date of birth of employees determines their
preservation age. The taxable components of ETP Payments are taxed according to the
employees age as on 30th June of the current financial year.
Oracle HRMS supports the taxation of these ETP payments to include the taxable and
non-taxable components. You can also calculate the tax of Transitional ETPs and partial
payment of ETPs.
Oracle also supports the new layout of the ETP Payment Summary Layout to meet the
ATO requirements beginning 01-Jul-2007.
3.8.1.2. Comply with Statutory Updates for EOY 2007
Oracle HRMS supports statutory changes for End of Year 2007 for Australia, which
includes:

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Australia) 20
Change to rates to calculate the HELP deductions and the Student Financial
Supplement Schemes (SFSS)
Calculate the HELP and SFSS deductions when an employee has no general
exemption
Change to the Medicare Levy, PAYG tax, and Senior Australian tax rates
according to the May budget
Increase in Superannuation and Lump sum D thresholds
Removal of the Post 30 June 1983 ETP concession on tax
Change to the rate for annual leave on termination if less than $300
Reduced percentage of Payroll Tax for South Australia
3.8.1.3. Override the Eligibility Set on the Element to Pay the Long Service Leave
Amount
You can now override the eligibility set on the element and pay the prorated long service
leave balance amount regardless of whether it is accrual or entitlement.
Before you pay the employee, you must end-date the element Long Service Leave on
Termination and re-link it.

3.8.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)

3.8.2.1. Multiple ETP Payment Summary


Users can now make multiple employment termination payments (ETP) and generate
separate ETP payment summary for each ETP payment type. Individual thresholds
determine tax for each ETP. Additionally, users can create a new record in the
Termination window to enter multiple ETP payments or add a new ETP element.

3.8.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)

3.8.3.1. Pay Multiple Employment Termination Payments (ETP) and Generate


Separate ETP Payment Summaries
You can now pay multiple ETPs and generate separate ETP Payment Summary for each
payment type. Oracle HRMS uses appropriate individual thresholds to tax each ETP.
You can now create a new record in the Termination window to enter multiple ETPs or
add a new ETP element. You can also rollover amounts from either the Transitional Part
of Previous ETP and Transitional Not Part of Previous ETP or both.
3.8.3.2. Display Multiple ETPs on Termination Report
Currently, the Termination Report does not display multiple ETPs that an employee
receives on termination or their primary address. With this release, the Termination
Report now displays the various ETP payments that employee receives on termination
within the same financial year. You can now view the Transitional ETP and Non-
Transitional ETP within the Termination Report. Additionally, the report displays the
employees primary address.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Australia) 21
3.8.3.3. Use the Changed ETP Payment Summary Layout 2007
Starting 01-July-2007, the layout of the ETP Payment Summary report has changed. A
new postscript layout for the ETP Payment Summary report is now available to meet
legislative requirements.
3.8.3.4. Report Employees Tax File Number (TFN) to Super Fund
Starting 1 July 2007, employers must now report an employees TFN to Super fund.
Previously, it was optional for employers to report the TFN so the default was No. The
default value is now set to Yes on the Superannuation Guarantee Information element.
3.8.3.5. Calculate Extra Withholding Amounts for Advance Payments
Oracle HRMS now enables you to calculate the extra withholding amounts for advance
payments based on advance earnings and advance periods. Previously, you could
calculate the extra withholding from the normal payments only.
3.8.3.6. Deduct Retro Pretax Amounts from Retro Earnings
Oracle HRMS now supports the deduction of the retro pretax amounts from retro
earnings of each time span separately as follows:
Retro pretax for current financial year from retro earning for the current financial
year and then taxed in the original period
Retro pretax for previous financial year less than 12 months from retro earnings
for previous financial year than 12 months and then taxed marginally
Retro pretax for greater than 12 months deducted from retro earnings for greater
than 12 months and then taxed marginally

3.8.4. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.8.4.1. Calculate Payroll Using the Updated Payroll Tax Rates


Use the new Payroll Tax Rates to calculate payroll tax in New South Wales and Payroll
Tax in South Australia. These rates are effective from 1 January 2009.
3.8.4.2. Report Allowances Using Balance Attributes
Currently, Oracle HRMS for Australia identifies allowances to report in the Payment
Summary based on element information. This process requires drilling down to run
results to identify an allowance balance resulting in performance issues.
With this release, you can use the Balance Attribute functionality to ensure better
performance by identifying the reportable balances, group level reporting for allowances
in the Payment Summary archive and End of Year Reconciliation reports.
Oracle provides a new concurrent program- Maintain Payment Summary Allowance
Balances to aid users to upgrade the existing Payment Summary reportable allowance
balances to have Balance Attribute - Payment Summary Reportable Allowances.

3.8.5. Release 12.1.2

3.8.5.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date


Currently there is a restriction wherein employees cannot be rehired before the final
process date set for a previously terminated employment.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Australia) 22
In this enhancement, this restriction of not allowing employees to be rehired before the
final process date has been removed for the Australia localization. Now, terminated
employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and prior to the
final process date. The Australian reports have been modified to support this feature.

3.8.6. Release 12.1.3

3.8.6.1. Enable Retro Overlap for Australia


Retro Overlap is new functionality that eliminates overlap in RetroPay processing. Retro
Overlap will use balance adjustments to self adjust the balances within RetroPay to
ensure that they are correct at the time of recalculation. The new functionality also
improves RetroPay performance.

3.8.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.8.7.1. AU local address style and upgrade


Australia localization had a single global address style AU_GLB. Australia specific
legislative reports expects certain address fields to be mandatory, which cannot be
enforced in the global address style. So a local AU address style is delivered through this
enhancement. An upgrade process is also provided, for customers to migrate the existing
addresses to local address style.
3.8.7.2. AU Year End Enhancements
The Australia Payment Summary process has been enhanced with the following changes:
- Support for archiving assignments selectively using an assignment set parameter
- Consistent display of financial year listing in the Self-service LOV and PUI LOV
- Ensuring that the TFN number displayed in the report is the latest
3.8.7.3. AU Payroll Reconciliation Summary report in XL output
This enhancement delivers the capability of producing the Payroll Reconciliation
Summary report data in a spreadsheet format, similar to the other reconciliation reports
available in the localization.

3.8.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.8.8.1. AU Multiple Payment Summary Amendment


This enhancement allows payroll user to generate multiple amended Payment Summary
Reports. Earlier our application allowed only one amendment, user had to rollback the
previous payment summary amendment to generate a new report output.

3.8.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.8.9.1. Payslip Modeling

Payslip Modeling is enabled for Australia. Users can simulate their payslip and
perform what-if analysis regarding their take home salaries. It also enables payroll
administrators to answer employee queries regarding the take home pay and
perform what-if analysis for payroll planning.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Australia) 23
Using Employee Self-Service, users can select the desired salary components for
what-if analysis and generate a sample payslip.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.8.10. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.8.10.1. Update TFN from 111111111 for New Hires after 28 days
According to the Australia Tax Office (ATO), if an employee has not made a
TFN (Tax File Number) declaration within 28 days of hire, then the tax file
number (TFN) of the employee is set to 111 111 111.
After 28 days, the TFN must be set back to 000 000 000. With this release, the
application notifies the payroll managers with a message to change the TFN
manually for those assignments that have TFN of 111 111 111 after 28 days of
hire.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.8.10.2. Warning for Payments made after Death via Direct Payments
Allowance and Bonus paid after death is not taxable nor reported on the Payment
Summary under the Salary and Wages section. With this release, the application
generates warning message to ensure that the payment for employees terminated
due to death must be processed using Direct Payments. The application also
ensures that earnings after death are not taxed nor reported on Payment Summary.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.8.10.3. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard provides payroll professionals valuable insight into their
payroll and assignment process information by enabling them with payroll
readiness, analysis and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They
can also improve efficiency and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to
monitor payroll and assignment processes. Payroll professionals can run, retry, or
roll back any of the payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the
payroll readiness, analysis and validation information according to their
requirements using both delivered as well as custom checks and rules. For
example readiness check can be configured to list out the employees who do not
have TFN or having default tax filing number of 111 111 111 for more than 28
days from the date of hire.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.8.10.4 Email Payment Summary to Employee


With this release, employees can now get the Payment Summary by email if they
do not have facility to view Payment Summary from employee self-service
interface. A concurrent program is provided to generate the Payment Summary
and mail it to the registered emails.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Australia) 24
3.8.10.5 Option to Limit Views of Payment Summary in Self-Service
With this release, a payroll administrator can allow employees to view Payment
Summary for current or previous years. A new DFF setup is provided at the
Organization level to control the display of Payment Summary.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.8.10.6 Tax Calculation Error Message for Negative Earnings


During the Retro Pay (Enhanced) process, if an error occurs due to negative
earnings, a fatal error message is generated. 'Tax cannot be calculated for negative
earnings'. However, no 'Date Paid' is displayed to indicate the pay period where
the error has occurred. This error message now includes the 'Date Paid' value in it
to assist users in identifying where the error has occurred
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.8.10.7 View Payslip Offset Days


4 Currently users can view the payslip immediately online after the archive process. To
control users from viewing it immediately, a new field is now available to set the number
of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users can view the payslip only
after the specified offset number of days.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.9. Oracle HRMS (Belgium)

3.9.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.9.1.1. Enter NI for Employees Whose Nationality is Not Belgian or Country of


Birth is Not Belgium
You can now enter NI numbers for Employees whose nationality is not Belgian or
country of birth is not Belgium.

3.10. Oracle HRMS (Canada)

3.10.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.10.1.1. Comply with Canadian Cheque Specification Changes


The Canadian Payments Association (CPA) published new specifications for Canadian
cheques in preparation for the transition to image-based clearing. Enhancements have
been delivered to comply with these changes.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Belgium) 25
3.10.2. Release 12.1.2

3.10.2.1. Use Retro Overlap Enabled for Canada Payroll


Retro Overlap is new functionality that eliminates overlap in RetroPay processing. Retro
Overlap will use balance adjustments to self adjust the balances within RetroPay to
ensure that they are correct at the time of recalculation. The new functionality also
improves RetroPay performance.

3.10.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.10.3.1. Canadian Cheque Writer (XML), Canadian Deposit Advice (XML) and
Canadian Third Party Cheque Writer (XML)
Customers now have the ability to generate cheques and deposit advices in a PDF format.
This allows customers to use generic stock which results in cost savings and improves
efficiency.
A seeded RTF template is provided that can be configured according to business need to
produce the desired PDF payroll cheque, third party cheque and deposit advice output.
3.10.3.2. Payroll Exception Report
Use the new Payroll Exception Report to identify variations in payroll balances in the
payroll run and report them as exceptions. This new report provides an additional tool to
improve efficiencies for payroll managers and administrators.

3.10.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.10.4.1. Payslip Modeler


Employees can now model their payslip using the new Payslip Modeler available
online. This feature can be used by individuals to quickly and accurately answer payslip
related questions and address "what-if" scenarios such as how their net pay would be
impacted by an increase to their RPP or RRSP deduction or by a change to their federal
or provincial tax credits. Employees can also elect to print a PDF copy of their model
payslip. This feature is available to both employees and payroll professionals
(administrators) via Self Service HR.
This feature is forward-ported to to R12.2.4.
3.10.4.2. Rehire Before Final Process Date
This feature allows customers to rehire a terminated employee before the final close
date. The Legislative Rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD is now enabled for Canada.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.10.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.10.5.1. Payslip Modeler


Employees can now model their payslip using the new Payslip Modeler available
online. This feature can be used by individuals to quickly and accurately answer payslip
related questions and address "what-if" scenarios such as how their net pay would be
impacted by an increase to their RPP or RRSP deduction or by a change to their federal
or provincial tax credits. Employees can also elect to print a PDF copy of their model

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Canada) 26
payslip. This feature is available to both employees and payroll professionals
(administrators) via Self Service HR.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.10.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.10.6.1. Mid-year Change to GRE with Different Employment Insurance (EI) rates
Previously, when an employee transferred to a GRE with a different employer
Employment Insurance (EI) rate and the self adjust calculation method was set to 'Self
Adjust' or 'Self Adjust at Max', the employer EI recalculated at that rate for the new GRE
for the entire year, resulting in incorrect employer EI liability balances. To ensure correct
EI balances, employee and employer EI calculation methods will now be set to 'No Self
Adjust' whenever an employee changes GREs after the first payroll of the year.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.10.6.2. Enhanced Payroll Register


The Payroll Register now reports user defined employer liabilities in addition to the
employer tax liabilities.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.10.6.3. New Record of Employment (ROE) Interface fo ROE Web Version 2


A new payroll extract file has been developed to comply with the ROE Web version 2
program. New codes and additional data will be passed in order to accommodate the new
ROE specifications.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.10.6.4. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their
payroll and assignment process information by providing them with payroll
readiness, analysis and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They
can also improve efficiency and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to
monitor payroll and assignment processes as well as run, retry or roll back payroll
processes. Administrators can easily configure the payroll readiness, analysis and
validation information according to their requirements using both delivered as well
as custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Canada) 27
3.11. Oracle HRMS (China)

3.11.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.11.1.1. Specify Tax and Social Insurance Contribution Area Codes Using a
Maximum of 3 Characters
With this release, you can now use a maximum of three characters to specify the tax
(TAX) and social insurance contribution (SIC) area codes, for example, BJN for Beijing.
Previously you could only use two characters to specify these codes.

3.11.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)

3.11.2.1. Count the Year of Service for Calculating Severance Payments


According to Article 47 in the new Labor Law, effective from 01-JAN-2008, while
counting the Year Of Service (YOS) to calculate the severance payments, the period not
less than six months but less than a year is now counted as one year and any period of
less than six months is considered as half-year. Previously, any period less than one year
was considered as one year.
Oracle HRMS for China meets this statutory requirement by modifying the logic to count
the Year Of Service (YOS) while calculating severance payment using
CN_SEVERANCE_PAY and CN_TAX_CALCULATION formulae.
3.11.2.2. Display Employee Numbers Greater Than Five Characters Using Direct
Deposit
The output of the Direct Deposit Process (China - CCBS Format) now displays employee
numbers greater than 5 characters up to a maximum length of 8 characters.
3.11.2.3. Represent Tax Areas and Social Insurance Contribution Area Codes
Using a Maximum of Three Characters
With this release, the value sets for the tax areas and Social Insurance Contribution Area
(HR_CN_TAX_AREA and HR_CN_SIC_AREA) work with lookup codes up to 3
characters in length. The concurrent programs and flexfields that use these value sets are
modified. Previously, only two characters were allowed.
3.11.2.4. Use New Tax Exempt Amount to Meet Statutory Requirements
With effect from 01-MAR-2008, the tax-exempt amount for Chinese employees is
changed from 1600 Yuan to 2000 Yuan. Oracle HRMS includes the updated the tax
exempt amount for the cities of Beijing, Tianjin, Shanghai, and Shenzhen.
3.11.2.5. Calculate the Average Monthly Working Days Using New Value
According to the notice of How to Calculate the Average Monthly Working Time, issued
on 3 January 2008, the number of public holidays has increased from 10 days to 11 days.
Oracle HRMS supports and includes the changes to monthly average working days
calculation effective from 01-Jan-2008 to meet this new requirement. The global
AVG_MONTH_WORKING_DAYS that holds the average working days in a month
now has a new value of 20.83.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (China) 28
3.11.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.11.3.1. Make Pre-Tax Non-Statutory Deductions Prior to IIT Calculations


Oracle HRMS for China provides you the flexibility to make certain non-statutory
deductions such as sick leave deduction, salary deduction due to poor performance prior
to individual income tax calculations. Using this functionality, you can:
Define elements to be deducted from earnings before individual income tax is
calculated.
Determine the processing priority when defining the element for processing these
deductions.
Specify if the deduction is to be subtracted when calculating the PHF/SI
contribution base, base salary for leave payment, termination payment, notice
payment and severance pay.
Retro-process pre-tax non-statutory deductions using Tax When Earned and Tax
When Paid scenarios.
Report the pre-tax non-statutory deductions in SOE, self-service payslip, and
printed payslip.

3.11.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.11.4.1. CN PHF/SI Retro Changes


We currently support the below Retro Components:-
(A) Tax When Earned
- Calculates both PHF/SI deductions and Tax Deductions as of Date Earned (
Original Period )
(B) Tax When Paid
- Calculates both PHF/SI deductions and Tax Deductions as of Date Paid

The enhancements allows PHF/SI computation in the below scenarios using the
below new Retro Component
(C) PHF/SI When Earned , Tax When Paid
- Calculates PHF/SI deductions as of Date Earned ( Original Period ) and Tax
Deductions as of Date Paid
3.11.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.11.5.1. Rehire Before Final Close

Currently there is a restriction wherein employees cannot be rehired before the


final process date set for a previously terminated period of employment.

With this enhancement, this restriction preventing employees from being rehired
before the final process date has been removed for the China localization. Now,
terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date
and prior to the final process date.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (China) 29
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.11.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.11.6.1. View Payslip offset days


Currently users can view the payslip immediately online after the archive process.
To control users from viewing it immediately, a new field is now available to set
the number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users can view
the payslip only after the specified offset number of days.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.12. Oracle HRMS (Denmark)

3.12.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.12.1.1. Record Maternity/Adoption Absences


To enable Maternity/Adoption absence recording, monitoring, and legislative allowances
management, you can use the five new Absence categories. Each Absence category has a
descriptive flexfield you can use to enter the necessary information for the Maternity
/Adoption absence.
3.12.1.2. Select Holiday Accrual during Maternity/Adoption Leave
When you set up employees for Maternity/Adoption leave, you can select whether or not
to accrue holiday hours during the absence. On each Absence category descriptive
flexfield there is a Yes/No flag that defaults to Yes, and you can use it to indicate if the
accrual is required or not.
3.12.1.3. Record and Use the Public Holiday Accrual and Payment Rates
With the predefined Public Holiday Pay element, you can pay employees during public
holidays. To record and use the Public Holiday payment rates of accrual and payment,
use the new fields at the Legal Employer and Assignment levels.
3.12.1.4. Process Multiple Pension Payments for Employees Based on 2006
Legislative Changes
Based on the legislative changes for 2006, you can pay into more than one pension
scheme for each employee.
3.12.1.5. Use the Notional Pay Classification for Deduction Elements Not Payable to
the Employee
You can use the new Notional Pay classification for elements that are counted for various
deductions (such as, Pension) but are not paid to the employee. The elements with this
classification do not appear on the payslip automatically. You must select them for
printing.
3.12.1.6. Use the Enhanced Absence Maternity Element to Process Part Time
Maternity Absences
The Absence Maternity element now includes Part Time Maternity processing
functionality. The Part Time Maternity element is no longer available.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Denmark) 30
3.12.1.7. Use the Modified Company Car Benefits in Kind functionality
There is a change in the way Oracle HRMS calculates the age of a company car when the
car is older than 3 years. With release 12.0.4, 3 years are treated as 3 income or calendar
years. This calculation impacts the taxable income of the employee.
3.12.1.8. Create Lunar Period Payrolls
You can now set up payrolls using the new Lunar payroll period type. You can use this
type to create a Lunar payroll for the employees who are on the 4-week payrolls. The
Lunar Payroll has 13 periods with all the payroll features.
3.12.1.9. Print Batch Payslips
You can now use the Batch Printing of Payslip solution to generate the payslips as one
PDF output.
3.12.1.10. Process Payments for Employees Based on 2007 Legislative Changes
Oracle HRMS provides legislative updates and changes to help you manage the processes
as per the new values for 2007.
3.12.1.11. Classify the Employees as Salaried/Hourly to Process Payrolls
Prior to processing your Payroll, you can specify your employees as Salaried or Hourly.
This has no impact on Payroll frequency.
3.12.1.12. Use the Balance Initialization Process
You can set up and load initial balance values before you begin to process payrolls. The
balance initialization process helps you to accurately calculate legislative deductions in
Oracle Payroll.
3.12.1.13. Use RetroPay Functionality to Pay Backdated Amounts to Employees
The Enhanced RetroPay core payroll process is now available for Denmark. You can use
either of the two RetroPay components:
Correction: Use this option to recalculate tax on adjusted earnings for each period
and carry forward the difference in both earnings and deductions to the current
period.
BackDate: Use this option to recalculate deductions after carrying forward the
difference in earnings to the current period.
3.12.1.14. Override the use of Normal Periodic Deduction Value in Tax Calculation
You can now override the use of normal periodic deduction value and use a new element
called Tax days to process taxable pay. The new tax calculation will be Tax Days
multiplied by Daily Tax Deduction from the tax card.

3.12.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)

3.12.2.1. Support the Payment Electronic File Format Changes


Oracle HRMS for Denmark supports changes to the format of the payment transfer type
and the record length in the Payment Electronic File submitted to the PBS.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Denmark) 31
3.12.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.12.3.1. Use Holiday Pay Changes


With this release, you can use the updated Holiday Accrual formula to ensure that the
application reduces the holiday pay by 4.8% for every paid holiday spent by a salaried
employee in a given period. The application then calculates the holiday allowance on this
reduced pay. Note that the existing predefined balance Holiday Pay continues to hold the
unreduced holiday pay amount.
To hold the reduction amount of the holiday pay, a new balance, Reduced Holiday Pay, is
now available. After you apply the patch, the payroll run creates an additional run result
of the new element Holiday Pay Reduction, whenever there is a reduction in the holiday
pay. The run result values of this new element contain the details of the reduction
amount, reduced amount, and the number of holidays causing the reduction. The Danish
payslip now displays the reduced holiday pay amount.
3.12.3.2. Use Updated Danish Tax Card Upload Process
To comply with format changes in September 2008, the Danish Tax Card Upload process
now allows up to 159 characters in a line.
3.12.3.3. Comply with Statutory Changes for 2009
You can now use updated secondary classifications, new and updated global values, and
updated user table values to comply with the legislative changes in 2009.

3.12.4. Release 12.1.2

3.12.4.1. Use Balance Reporting Architecture


To improve the performance of payroll processing as well as reporting, Oracle Payroll for
Denmark has now enabled the Run Balance model. The application now saves the run
balances for important balance values, thus avoiding expensive balance fetches from run
results. This will provide significant performance improvement. To make use of this
feature, users must submit the concurrent process Generate Run Balances for all the
invalid balances. The Run Balance Diagnostic Report must be run to verify if any of
the run balances are invalid.
3.12.4.2. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances
From R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances in the database even after the
balance adjustment process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval in
the Denmark localization. There is no additional set up to be performed to use this
feature.
3.12.4.3. View Magtape Output Window
Oracle Payroll for Denmark localization now enables users to easily access the magnetic
tape output files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature, navigate to the
View Payroll Process Results window, select the completed magtape process and click
the View Output button.
3.12.4.4. View Absence Statistics Report
To meet the legislative requirements of the Danish Statistic Office, Oracle Payroll for
Denmark provides the Absence Statistic Report with R12.1.2. This report is based on

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Denmark) 32
reported absence periods in Oracle HRMS. This report is an electronic file that provides
various absence types of employees. To run this report, users must map their Absence
Types to the respective absence codes using the new flexfield provided in the Absence
Types window.
3.12.4.5. View Additional Labor Cost Report
The Denmark Additional Labor Cost Report to the Statistic Office is available in R12.1.2.
This report is not an electronic report, but is based on a form from the Danish Statistic.

3.12.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.12.5.1. E- Holiday Card


In Denmark employers have to report the holiday information on accrual, entitlements &
payments for all Hourly paid staff & any terminated salaried employee. This information
can either be reported to the Holiday Bank Organization or on Holiday Cards.

If the employer belongs to the Danish Employer Organization (DA) and they have a
Collective Agreement which indicated that they will use Holiday Cards for reporting the
Holiday Information, they will now need to report the data using the XML report as
specified by the Danish Employers Organization (DA). The DA operated a paper based
Holiday Card system until last year and this has now been replaced by an Electronic
Holiday Card system.
All employers who use Holiday Cards currently are required to submit the data
electronically to the DA using the new XML format to the Electronic Holiday Card
System.

The Holiday Bank transfer system is not affected by this and employers who do not
belong to the DA will continue to send the employee information via PBS to the Holiday
Bank as they do now. The new Holiday Card System will only affect the employers who
choose to use Holiday Card. Employers will need to send information to the Holiday
Card System.
It must be noted that an employer cannot use Holiday Bank transfer if they have indicated
the use of Holiday Card system as they can only use the Electronic Holiday Card extract.
This enable the users to create the XML file for submission to the EHC system.

Customers using the Holiday Card currently as a manual paper based system will need to
switch to the new Electronic Holiday Card (EHC) System. They will also need to upload
the data file received from the EHC to the Oracle payroll application. This in turn will
generate a Holiday Pay payment to the individual that has requested the holiday.

The process that uploads the received EHC XML file will be run & controlled by the
User. This process must be run prior to the Payroll process in order for the holiday pay to
be paid.
3.12.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.12.6.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering HRMS for Denmark predefined data has been enhanced.
With this release the data is delivered through ldts as opposed to pdts. This new approach
helps the product to move to the next best level of delivery. The predefined data delivered
is moved from pdt to ldts. Each entity is delivered via a separate ldt. These ldts are still
called from hrglobal.drv and post installs needs to run.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Denmark) 33
Following are the advantages of moving predefined data from PDT to LDTs:
Dependencies would be reduced; only changed entities would be re-extracted and
delivered.
Patches can be released faster due to less dependency.
Regressions would be reduced.
Testing impact would be less on customers, as they would need to test changed
entities only and not test all entities delivered through pdt.
Debugging hrglobal issues would be easier; customers can use FNDLOAD
commands and test the data in case of critical issues.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.12.7. Release 12.2.4


3.12.7.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date
Currently there is a restriction wherein employees cannot be rehired before the final
process date set for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this restriction of not allowing employees to be rehired before the
final process date has been removed for the Denmark localization. Now, terminated
employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and prior to the
final process date. The Denmark reports have been modified to support this feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

3.13. Oracle HRMS (Finland)

3.13.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.13.1.1. Use the New Pension Insurance Type to Generate Pension Payments and
Reports
You can generate pension payments and produce reports using the TyEL Pension
Insurance type, which is now the only pension insurance type available.
3.13.1.2. Generate the Statutory Payroll Reports
Oracle HRMS generates payroll reports that you can submit to tax authorities to report all
payments, tax deductions, and expense payments. These reports include:
Finnish Yearly Documents of Paid Salaries Report
Finnish Pay Sheet Audit Report
3.13.1.3. Calculate and Report the Subsidy for Low-paid Employees
The legal employer is eligible to receive subsidies from the government for low-paid
employees with certain criteria. You can calculate the amount of statutory subsidies
available for the legal employer and generate the following reports to list the amount of
subsidy and statutory details per low-paid employee:
Finnish Monthly Tax Return Report
Finnish Yearly Document Paid Report

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Finland) 34
3.13.1.4. Process Payments for Employees Based on 2007 Legislative Changes
Due to 2007 legislative changes, you can now:
Enter the tax percentage for the lower income limit. The lower limit is not a fixed
value but can be zero or a positive value. The Tax Card element includes an input
value for recording this percentage.
Use the changed percentages for all classes of the Social Security, Daily
Allowance, and Employers Unemployment Insurance fees.
Use the changed age categories and reference values for the car benefit.
Process Lunch Benefit element as a recurring element.
Use the modified ranges for the scaled tax card.
3.13.1.5. Use the Balance Initialization Process
You can set up and load initial balance values before you begin to process payrolls. The
balance initialization process helps you to accurately calculate legislative deductions in
Oracle Payroll.

3.13.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.13.2.1. Use EOY0809 Legislative Changes for Payroll Tax Year 2009
With this release, you can use the updated values for calculating the following:
Scaled Tax Card
Pension Insurance
Social Security Fee
Car Benefit
3.13.2.2. Use EOY0809 Legislative Changes for Payroll Tax Year 2008
As part of legislative updates for tax year 2008, this release updates the following
features:
Tax including social security fees
Unemployment insurance fee
Pension insurance fees and reporting
Benefits in kind

3.14. Oracle HRMS (France)

3.14.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.14.1.1. Use New Training Reports


You can now use the following new training reports:
Training Summary Report
French Training Plan Report (XML report)

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (France) 35
3.15. Oracle HRMS (Hong Kong)

3.15.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.15.1.1. Specify the Format for Your Statement of Earnings


You can now use the global Statement of Earnings (SOE) pages to view the earnings and
deduction information in your statement of earnings. You can view SOE immediately
after you run payroll for all employees. Because the application reports SOE from live
data, you need not archive the information.

3.15.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)

3.15.2.1. Calculate Proportionate Earnings during Changes in a Payroll Period


Oracle HRMS enables you to calculate proportionate earnings amounts whenever
payroll-relevant data is changed during a payroll period, for example, if an employee
joins or leaves the company during a payroll period or if an employee's pay grade
changes during a payroll period. Proration support is now enabled for Hong Kong.

3.15.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.15.3.1. Rehire before final process date


This enhancement provides the ability to rehire a terminated assignment before the Final
Process Date, by enabling a legislation rule provided by core payroll. Code changes have
been made to ensure that there is no impact on the existing functionality when such a
rehire happens.
3.15.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.15.4.1. View Payslip offset days


Currently users can view the payslip immediately online after the archive process.
To control users from viewing it immediately, a new field is now available to set
the number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users can view
the payslip only after the specified offset number of days.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6

3.16. Oracle HRMS (India)

3.16.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.16.1.1. Statutory Change to Exempt Employees from Paying Employee ESI


Contribution
With this release, Oracle Payroll supports the ESI wage limit increase from INR 50 to
INR 70 effective 1/08/07, to exempt employees from paying their contribution.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Hong Kong) 36
3.16.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)

3.16.2.1. Rehire Employees Before their Final Close Date


To provide greater flexibility in the hiring process, this release enables you to rehire a
terminated employee before the Final Process (and after the Last Standard Process) date
for their previous period of service.
3.16.2.2. Generate and Print Provident Fund Monthly Report and e-files
The Provident Fund (PF) authorities now require employers to submit a print hard copy
and soft copy of their monthly PF returns for each business number in a currency period.
Oracle HRMS enables employers to record and submit:
Regular Return - for regular payments
Supplementary Returns - for any additional/missing payments in a regular return
Revised Returns - for any corrections/updates in the previous returns
Employers must maintain the National Social Security Number (NSSN) for employees
and record PF contributions, Penal damages (14B), 7Q details, and other miscellaneous
payments. Oracle HRMS enables you to generate and submit monthly PF returns for each
business number. You can record NSSN of employees using the Further Benefits Tab in
the People window. You can run the following concurrent programs:
Provident Fund Monthly Returns Archive (India) - to archive the data for the PF
Monthly Returns
India Monthly PF Returns (e-File) - to generate the e-file for PF Monthly Returns
India Monthly PF Returns (Printed) - to generate the Printed Copy for PF
Monthly Returns
3.16.2.3. Comply with Statutory Updates for 2007
The Income-Tax (Fourteenth Amendment) Rules, 2007-Amendment In Rule 3 Valuation
Of Perquisites provides the following changes. Oracle HRMS supports these changes:
Changes in accommodation perquisite rates, effective from 1-Apr-2006
Re-introduction of perquisites, effective from 1-Apr-2008

o Motor Car
o Free Traveling, Touring
o Accommodation
o Lunch Perquisite Gift
o Voucher Or Token Perquisite
o Credit Card Perquisite
o Club Expenditure
o Free Transport

Section 80 C now includes the following:

o Five-Year Post Office Time Deposit Account


o Senior Citizens Savings Scheme - for those employees whose age is 60
or more in a FY
o NABARD Bank Deposits (effective from 1-Apr-2008)

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (India) 37
3.16.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.16.3.1. Calculate Taxable Part on Fringe Benefit for Super Annuation Fund
Payments
According to the Income Tax law, all the payments to Super Annuation fund exceeding
Rs.1 Lacs per annum for an employee by an organization attract Fringe Benefit Tax
(FBT).
Oracle HRMS enables employers to determine the total taxable amount, setup different
natural accounts to calculate the taxable part of fringe benefit on which the FBT is
applicable.
3.16.3.2. Use the latest PF/ESI Wage Ceiling for Disabled Employees
According to the ESI eligibility wage limit changes and the PF wage ceiling for a
disabled employee, the wage ceiling for coverage of a disabled employee under the
ESI/PF Act, is fixed at Rs.25, 000/- per month, effective from 01-APR-2008. Disabled
employees are entitled to this wage ceiling only if they are hired on or after 01-Apr-2008.
With this release, Oracle HRMS complies with the PF/ESI statutory updates.
3.16.3.3. Use the Latest Professional Tax Slab Rates for Karnataka
Starting 1-Aug-2008, the Professional Tax slab rates changes for the state of Karnataka.
Employees with monthly salary or wage of Rs.3000 and above but less than Rs.5000 are
exempted from Professional Tax. Oracle HRMS includes these changes for Professional
Tax.

3.16.4. Release 12.1.1

3.16.4.1. Labor Welfare Fund Deduction


Labor Welfare Fund deduction is a legislative deduction enforced by most states in India.
The fund contributions usually consist of an employee and an employer contribution. The
deduction happens in specific months according to the legislation followed in each state.
This enhancement provides an out of box solution or template for enabling this deduction
for all India Payroll customers. The solution consists of a set of predefined elements and
formula for processing and other legislative data. Initially, the enhancement supports the
legislation followed in the states of Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerala, Gujarat, Madhya
Pradesh, Maharashtra, and Tamil Nadu.
3.16.4.2. Discoverer EUL Support for India HRMS Payroll Information
This enhancement delivers the ad-hoc Reporting Discoverer folders for India localization.
Using these folders, users can generate the Discoverer Ad hoc reports.
The enhancement covers the following business areas:
HRMS Administration - Oracle Payroll (IN)
HRMS Administration - Oracle Human Resources (IN)
HRMS - Person Information - Human Resources (IN)
HRMS - Organization Information - Human Resources (IN)
HRMS - Pay slip Information - Oracle Payroll (IN)

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (India) 38
3.16.4.3. UI to Submit Medical and Leave Travel Claims
Employee Self Service interfaces to capture the Medical and Leave Travel Claim is now
available. A professional user can approve the entered claim after verifying the claim
data. The user interface facilitates verification and approval of employee claims. The new
interfaces achieve the following:
Speedier approval by removing manual processes
Higher employee satisfaction
3.16.4.4. Support Tax Year from March to April
In some organizations in India, Salary for the month of March will be always paid in the
month of April. Since, March Salary is paid after 31st of March (which is the end date of
the financial year), the income will be accounted in the next Financial Year and the tax
calendar for those companies will be treated as March to February instead of April to
March. The system now supports Income tax calculation and reporting for both types of
Tax calendars (i.e. April to March & March to April).

3.16.5. Release 12.1.2

3.16.5.1. India Reconciliation of EFT Payments


The Integration between Payroll and Cash Management exists for Reconciling Cheque,
Manual and External Payments. There is currently no way to reconcile the Payments
done through EFT for Oracle HRMS for India.
In this Enhancement we are providing a solution to reconcile the EFT Payments for the
India localization through integration between Payroll and Cash Management. Auto
Reconciliation and Manual Reconciliation is supported for the EFT Payment Type India
Direct Deposit. Once the reconciliation of an EFT Payment is done users will not be able
to rollback the Magnetic Transfer Process.

3.16.6. Release 12.1.3

3.16.6.1. Capturing of LIC Policy Number in the Employee Tax Declaration


Oracle HRMS for India now supports tracking Life Insurance Corporation (LIC) Policy
Number in addition to premium paid and sum assured in the self service pages.
LIC Policy Number is a unique identification number that distinguishes each policy from
others and will remain unchanged throughout the lifetime of the policy. Users can now
include LIC Policy Number in any of the Life Insurance Corporation (LIC) reports.
3.16.6.2. Voluntary Provident Fund (VPF) details in the Employee Tax Declaration
Oracle HRMS for India now supports capturing of Voluntary Provident Fund (VPF)
contribution details for each employee in the Employee Tax declaration Self Service
Page. This region is hidden by default and has to be made visible by applying
personalization.

This enhancement provides options to users to capture Voluntary Provident Fund


Contribution either by Percentage or by Amount. The system will calculate Voluntary
Provident Fund Deduction amount during payroll processing based on the details
provided in the system.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (India) 39
3.16.6.3. Enabled Payroll Exception Reporting
Payroll Exception Reporting feature is enabled in the India localization to allow users to
identify those employees for whom the payment is either greater than or less than a
specified variance.

3.16.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.16.7.1. Full Support for Digital Signature in Form 16/Form 12B and Other
Changes
The above feature allows the customer to email digitally signed individual Form16,
Annexure-B and Form12BA.

Concurrent Program Employee Annual Tax Returns (India) now supports 4 Options :-
1. View Consolidated Form16 and Form12BA.
2. Mail Individual Form16.
3. Mail Individual Form12BA.
4. Mail Individual Annexure -B.

When "View Consolidated Form16 and Form12BA" is chosen, a consolidated Form16


will be generated in a pdf file. Individual Form 16, Form12BA or Annexure-B will be
emailed to the employee's email addresses on selection of appropriate option as listed
above.
The digital signature can be placed on any location on the page. A scanned signature of
the Authorized signatory can by also placed on the document. User may choose to show
the employee's job instead of position as required in the form 16.
3.16.7.2. Full Support for India Public Sector Payroll
Indian public sector companies follow a payment cycle from the MAR-FEB. They are
expected to use a positive offset only in the pay period of March. With this enhancement
we now have full support for public sector customers to handle the above offset scenario.
3.16.7.3. IN Electronic Challan Cum Return (ECR)-2012
The Electronic Challan cum Return (ERC) is a monthly return that has to be uploaded by
employers to the Employer e-Sewa Portal after registering their Establishment in the
portal.
This return is proposed by EPF organization to eliminate all reports such as Form 5, Form
10, Form 12A, Form 3A and Form 6A. This new return may be uploaded from the month
of Wage Month March 2012.

3.16.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.16.8.1. Payslip Modeling

Payslip Modeling is enabled for India. Users can simulate their payslip and
perform what-if analysis regarding their take home salaries. It also enables payroll
administrators to answer employee queries regarding the take home pay and
perform what-if analysis for payroll planning.

Using Employee Self-Service, users can select the desired salary components for
what-if analysis and generate a sample payslip.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (India) 40
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4

3.16.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.16.9.1. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard provides payroll professionals valuable insight into their
payroll and assignment process information by providing them with payroll
readiness, analysis and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They
can also improve efficiency and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to
monitor payroll and assignment processes as well as run, retry, or roll back
payroll processes. Administrators can easily configure the payroll readiness,
analysis and validation information according to their requirements using both
delivered as well as custom checks and rules. For example, payroll administrator
can configure readiness checks for PAN and Tax Declaration in the readiness
process..
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.16.9.2. Income from House Property Ceiling for Tax Exemptions


The Income Tax declaration by an employee will be used by the payroll process
to calculate the income tax for an employee based on the income tax rules and
exemptions. This enhancement enables employees to declare the home loans
taken against their house properties. Employers can process and calculate their tax
accordingly.
Employees must submit the proofs for the tax declared at the end of the year. The
payroll professional validates the proofs submitted by the employee and approves
them based on which the final income tax of the financial year is calculated and
deducted accordingly.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.17. Oracle HRMS (Ireland)

3.17.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.17.1.1. Run the Tax Credit Upload Process to Validate Accurate Revenue File
Checking
The Tax Credit Upload process now produces an audit report that facilitates accurate
checking of the credit file upload process. This report is generated only when you run the
process in Validate Only mode.

3.17.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)

3.17.2.1. Comply with Recent Statutory Updates


Statutory updates support the following:

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Ireland) 41
P45 Part 3/P46 XML Report: Oracle HRMS now enables to employers to use the P45
Part 3 XML report to notify the Irish Revenue of new starters. This change helps to
comply with the Irish Revenue requirements. The notification generates a new tax
certificate from the Revenue. If an employee has not provided a P45 document, then the
employer raises a P46 to request a new Tax Certificate, Form P2c.
EHECS Report: Employers who have more than 50 workers need to submit a
mandatory Earnings Hours and Employment Cost Survey (EHECS) Report to the Central
Statistics Office (CSO) of Ireland every quarter.
Budget Changes: Irish Budget changes for 2008 require the following changes to Oracle
HRMS:
The following values change effective 2008:
Increased taxation and Personal Tax Credits bands
Increased Tax Credit from 1,760 to 1,830
Increased Standard Rate Cut Off Point from 34,000 to 35,400
Increased employee contribution ceiling based on cumulative earnings for all
employment types from 48,800 to 50,700
Increased threshold for payment of Health Contribution from 480 per week to
500 per week and annual threshold from 24,960 to 26,000
Increased weekly threshold from 339 to 352
Additionally, predefined global values and user table values are changed to accommodate
the statutory requirements.

3.17.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.17.3.1. Use the New IE Cessation Report


To comply with recent legislative requirements, Oracle Payroll now provides a new
report called IE Cessation Report. Employers issue this report to employees stating the
gross income for the current employment and the calculated Income Tax Levy.
3.17.3.2. Comply With Recent Statutory Updates
Statutory updates support the following:
P45 Report
Supplementary P45 Payment Details - added a new assignment EIT
Supplementary P45 Payment Details to optionally record information in the
Payment Details section of Supplementary P45.
Irish P45 Information - updated Supplementary tab to display Year1, Pay1, and
other information.
Catering to PPSN Suffixes - the Ireland P45 report displays assignments of the
same employer for a terminated employee as a single record. In specific cases
such as concurrent employment, the legislation requires the employer to maintain
two payroll records for the same person and report each record separately in the
P45 report. The P45 aggregates the employment records at the person level and
to create separate records, the application adds a suffix (W, T or X) to the PPS
Number.
Balances - attached a new dimension, PER_PAYE_REF_PPSN_YTD

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Ireland) 42
Tax - modified the Standard Rate cut off Point from 35,400 Euros to 36,400
Euros.
Income Tax Levy - changes to calculate the new Income Tax Levy introduced
from 1 Jan 2009.
Income Tax Levy Calculation - added a new element to use threshold values for
each income band from the new predefined global values and user table values.
Exemption from Levy
Refund of Income Tax Levy
Reporting of Levy - modified the Statement of Earnings to display the Income
Tax Levy amount in the Deductions section.
Balance Initialization - new predefined element Setup Income Levy Element.
PRSI - modified the employee contribution ceiling based on cumulative earnings
from 50,700 Euros to 52,000 Euros with effect from 1 Jan 2009.
Pensions - changes to the annual earnings limit for Pensions from 275,239 Euros
to 150,000 Euros effective 1 Jan 2009.
BIK Loans - increased the rate for loans other than home loans from 11% to 12%
effective 1 Jan 2007, from 12% to 13% effective 1 Jan 2008 and from 13% to
15% effective 1 Jan 2009. In addition, the rate for home loans change from 3.5%
to 4.5% effective 1 Jan 2007 and from 4.5% to 5.5% effective 1 Jan 2008.
Parking Levy - new predefined element IE Parking Levy effective from 1 Jan
2009.

3.17.4. Release 12.1.2

3.17.4.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments


With R12.1.2, support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management
(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Ireland. This feature enables users to
reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement.
The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based
on the payment file processes that have been run.
3.17.4.2. Report Payroll Exception
This feature is enabled in the Ireland localization to allow users to identify those
employees for whom the payment is either greater than or less than a specified variance.
3.17.4.3. Use Purge Process
The Purge process provided by Oracle Payroll enables users to delete data that is no
longer required from the payroll tables to free up space and improve performance. A
concurrent process Archive Payments and Deductions for Payslip to archive the historic
pay slip information is provided with this feature. Users must run this concurrent process
to archive historic data.
3.17.4.4. Group Action Parameters
Oracle Payroll for Ireland localization now provides the flexibility of defining payroll
action parameters at a non-global level. The Pay Action Parameter Groups feature allows
users to group the action parameters and their values, associating them with particular
processes.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Ireland) 43
3.17.4.5. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances
From R12.1.2, the application store the latest balances even after the balance adjustment
process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval in the Ireland
localization. There is no additional set up to be performed to use this feature.
3.17.4.6. View Cost Allocations
Oracle Payroll for Ireland localization enables users to view an assignments costing
details using the View Cost Allocation Page before running the Costing process.
3.17.4.7. View Magtape Output Window
Oracle Payroll for Ireland localization now enables users to easily access the magnetic
tape output files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature, navigate to the
View Payroll Process Results window, select the completed magtape process and click
the View Output button.
3.17.4.8. National Employment Survey (NES Report)
The Ireland National Employment Survey report is now available in R12.1.2. Before
running this report, users must ensure that they have completed the setup for the other
survey report, the Earnings Hours and Employment Cost Survey. This report uses the
data from the EHECS report also. Users must also feed the new balances for the NES
report with the relevant user elements.
3.17.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.17.5.1. Enhanced Retro Pay Support


Enhanced Retro Pay functionality has been delivered for Ireland in 12.1.HRMS RUP 8
release. Users can enable this feature by running the Generic upgrade Mechanism
concurrent program with the option of Enable Enhanced Retro Pay. This program
ensures that the functionality of Enhanced Retro Pay is enabled for IE Payrolls.
The following changes have been made:
Once the user enables this feature, the following functionalities on Retro become obsolete
and would no longer be available to users:
Retro Pay by Element
Retro Pay

This feature has NOT been forward-ported to any subsequent release.

3.17.6. Release 12.2.4


3.17.6.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date
Currently there is a restriction wherein employees cannot be rehired before the final
process date set for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this restriction of not allowing employees to be rehired before the
final process date has been removed for the Ireland localization. Now, terminated
employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and prior to the
final process date. The Ireland reports have been modified to support this feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Ireland) 44
3.17.7. Release 12.2.5
3.17.7.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering IE HRMS predefined data has been enhanced. With this
release the data is delivered through ldts as opposed to pdts. This new approach helps the
product to move to the next best level of delivery. The predefined data delivered is
moved from pdt to ldts. Each entity is delivered through a separate ldt. These ldts are
still called from hrglobal.drv and post installs needs to run.
Following are the advantages of moving predefined data from PDT to LDTs:
Dependencies would be reduced; only changed entities would be re-extracted and
delivered.
Patches can be released faster due to less dependency.
Regressions would be reduced.
Testing impact would be less on customers, as they would need to test changed
entities only and not test all entities delivered through pdt.
Debugging hrglobal issues would be easier; customers can use FNDLOAD
commands and test the data in case of critical issues.
3.17.7.2. Online PDF Payslip
The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslip though
Employee Self Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined
template to get their desired look and feel of the payslip and the XML Publisher
engine produces a PDF document as output.
3.17.7.3. Payroll Dashboard
The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their
payroll and assignment process information by providing them with payroll
readiness and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also
improve efficiency and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor
payroll and assignment processes as well as run, retry or roll back payroll
processes. Administrators can easily configure the payroll readiness and
validation information according to their requirements using both delivered as
well as custom checks and rules.

3.18. Oracle HRMS (Italy)

3.18.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.18.1.1. Use the Renamed Family Name Field


The Family Name field is now renamed to last name.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Italy) 45
3.19. Oracle HRMS (Japan)

3.19.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.19.1.1. Print Employee Number on Published Insurance Premium Exemption and


Spouse Special Deduction Form for Salary Earner
You can now print the employee number on published Insurance Premium Exemption
and Spouse Special Deduction Form for Salary Earner.
3.19.1.2. Calculate and Archive Accident Insurance Information
You can now calculate accident insurance information and archive it in the Insurance
Premium Exemption and Spouse Special Deduction Form for Salary Earner self-service
pages. You can also now override the default accident insurance premium displayed these
pages.

3.19.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)

3.19.2.1. Statutory Changes for 2007


Users can now:
Enter earthquake insurance and premium exemption details and print them on the
Insurance Premium Exemption and Spouse Special Exemption Form for Salary
Earner (ISDF) self-service page.
Print Social Insurance reports on a single page.
Calculate the accident insurance premium and print it on the ISDF self-service
page.
Use the improved Social Insurance report format. Additionally, use a combined
new report for the Address Change Report for the Insured Employee and the
Dependent reports.
Generate the ISDF report using Oracle XML Publisher. A new archive process is
available to generate the ISDF report.
Use the improved format of the Withholding Tax Report for Earned Income.

3.19.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.19.3.1. Display Target Year Within Salary Payment Report


To support the format changes provided by Nihon Hourei, the Salary Payment Report
Summary now displays the target year.
3.19.3.2. Support for Transfer with Zengin Format
Starting January 2009, Japan Post Bank supports the data transfer with Zengin format.
Oracle HRMS for Japan complies with this change and supports the transfer of magtape
between any bank and Japan Post Bank.
The Generate Direct Deposit File does not error when the sender bank is any bank and
the bank to which the payment is transferred is Japan Post Bank.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Japan) 46
3.19.4. Release 12.1.2

3.19.4.1. Use Salary Payment Report in e-file


Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports the salary payment report in electronic format (e-
file). Users can select sending it in paper form or as an e-file to the local governments at
year-end.
3.19.4.2. Receive Local Tax Data in e-file
Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports receiving local tax data from local governments in
electronic form. Users can take the data into the system, and then upload it through Batch
Element Entry.
3.19.4.3. Use Wage ledger/Payment deduction report
Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports a combined wage ledger and payment deduction
report. This combined report template meets the requirements of both individual reports,
and contains detailed payment related information for each employee for the year. Users
can submit the archive process first, and then generate the report.
3.19.4.4. Rehire employees before final processing date
Oracle HRMS for Japan now enables users to rehire an employee before the final
processing date.
3.19.4.5. Use Workers Register Report
Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports the workers register report, Roudousha-Meibo in
Japanese. This report template meets the requirements of Article 107 of the Labor
Standards Law. Users can submit the archive process - that is a common process - with
the employee details report first, and then generate the report.
3.19.4.6. Use Employee details report
Oracle HRMS for Japan now supports the employee details report, Shain Daicho in
Japanese. This report template contains the commonly used detailed employee
information. Users can submit the archive process - that is a common process - with the
workers register report first, and then generate the report.

3.19.5. Release 12.1.3

3.19.5.1. Use Separation Certificate


Oracle HRMS(Japan) now provides the report to generate a Separation Certificate when
employee leaves the company. This report template meets the requirements specified in
the Clause 1 of Article 7 in the Unemployment Insurance Law of Japan. The report is
archived. The report could be sorted based on termination date, employee number and
assignment set.
3.19.5.2. Use Withholding Income Tax for Termination Income Report
Oracle HRMS(Japan) now provides a report on Withholding Income Tax for Termination
Income paid. This report template meets the requirements of the Clause 2 of Article 226
in the Income Tax Law of Japan. This report is also archived. Users can generate this
report with parameter like Withholding Agent and sort it based on district code, employee
number and assignment set.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Japan) 47
3.19.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.19.6.1. View Payslip offset days


Currently users can view the payslip immediately online after the archive process.
To control users from viewing it immediately, a new field is now available to set
the number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users can view
the payslip only after the specified offset number of days.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.20. Oracle HRMS (Korea)

3.20.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.20.1.1. Meet the Statutory Updates for the YEA Tax Receipt for 2007
National Tax Service (NTS) of Korea introduced a new layout for the Year End
Adjustment Tax Receipt to meet the statutory updates for 2007. Oracle supports this new
layout to display the following:
Stock Purchase Option Execution Earning - Employees can now report to the
NTS, the monetary amount they earn for any stock purchase as a Stock Purchase
Option Execution Earning. This amount is taxable. Oracle provides a new
balance Stock Purchase Option Execution Earning to record this amount.
Research Payment - The research payment that employers pay employees for
research purposes is now a part of the Non-Taxable amount. Previously, this
amount was a part of the Other Non-taxable amount. Oracle provides a new
balance Research Payment to record this amount.
Exemption amounts and the number of additional children - You can now display
the exemption amount and the number of additional children for the employee.
Pension Premium and National Pension Premium Exemption amounts - To meet
the latest statutory requirements given by the NTS to the Tax Receipt report, the
report now displays the Pension Premium and National Pension Premium
Exemption amounts as separate items. As of this release, the Tax Receipt report
includes these items, but displays blank values for the amounts.
Female Exemption and Senior Exemption - You can now display if the
employees receive exemption for female and senior dependents. You can also
record if the employees receive exemptions for senior dependents and for any
additional children.

3.20.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)

3.20.2.1. Comply with Statutory Changes for 2007


Users can now:
Use the improved templates for year-end reporting.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Korea) 48
Claim an employee's withheld income tax amount in the monthly payroll cycle
and bonus.

3.20.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)

3.20.3.1. Comply with the Updated Layout for Year End Adjustment Ledger
Report and the RTF Template
The KR Year End Adjustment Ledger Report and the RTF Template now display the
Stock Purchase Option Execution Earning and the Research Payment information to meet
the latest statutory requirements.
3.20.3.2. Display Non-Taxable Earnings in Non-Statutory and Statutory Separation
Pay Tax Receipt
To comply with the latest Korea 2007 updates, the Non-Statutory/Statutory Separation
Pay Tax Receipt layout displays the non-taxable earnings in Separation Pay Tax Receipt
for both current and previous employers.
3.20.3.3. Use the Updated Exemption Rate for Investment Partnership
The YEA Entry window and the YEA SSHR pages now include the changed prompts for
the Financing Types as Financing (15%) and Financing (10%) to meet the statutory
requirements. The maximum limit for the Financing Type1 is now modified to 50% of
the Taxable Income and the percentage of the Financing Type1 is now changed from
30% to 15% effective from 01-Jan-2007. The income exemption rate for Investment
Partnership Financing (Type2) has changed from 15% to 10% from 1st January 2007.
3.20.3.4. Calculate the Tax Break Amount Using the New Value
Previously, the political donations till KW 100,000 were eligible for tax exemptions.
According to the new guideline, calculating the tax break amount based on Political
Donation up to KW 100,000 is now changed.
The calculation for tax break amount based on political donation has been updated. A
new global variable KR_YEA_POLITICAL_DONATION_EXEM_FAC with a value of
1.1 is available for calculating the tax break amount effective from 01-Jan-2007.
3.20.3.5. Identify Korean Citizens as Foreigners and be Eligible for Tax
Exemptions
You can now identify Korean citizens as foreigners and exempt them from certain tax
regulations, if they own a residence in a foreign country. By recording the employee as a
foreigner, the logic to calculate taxes varies.
You can now record if the employee owns a residence in a foreign country using the new
Foreign Residency check box on the Income Tax form.
3.20.3.6. Record Donation Receipt Number for Easy Identification
You can now record the donation receipt number issued by the recipient of the donation.
Oracle HRMS includes a new field called Receipt No. in the Donation Details section of
the Donation Tax Exemption tab on the YEA Entry window. You can enter alphanumeric
characters. Alternatively, you can record this information on the Extra Assignment
Information DFF and YEA sections of the Self-Service Entry Page.
3.20.3.7. Exclude Double Exemption for Medical Expenses
Starting 2007 YEA, the double exemption in medical expense exemption derived from
the medical payment paid in cards - credit cards and direct deposit cards is no longer

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Korea) 49
available. Therefore, the double exemption amount, calculated from the medical expense
paid in cards is now excluded from the cards exemption.
3.20.3.8. Comply with the YEA Reclaim Sheet Layout Changes
The National Tax Service of Korea has introduced a new layout of Year End Adjustment
Reclaim Sheet to meet statutory tax changes for 2007. Oracle HRMS now supports the
new version for 2007 for legislative compliance. You can use the Korean version to
submit YEA information to the NTS. You can now view the additional children
exemption flag and the pension exemption details within the Reclaim Sheet.
3.20.3.9. Comply with the Latest Statutory Changes for 2008
Oracle HRMS supports the following statutory changes for 2008:
New tax rates for earnings
Card Exemption Rate is now 20% of the amount exceeding 20% of the taxable
earning
Change to the maximum exemption limit for specified donation to 15% from
10% effective from 01-Jan-2008 and 20% effective from 01-Jan-2010
3.20.3.10. Use the Updated Health Insurance and National Pension Premium Rates
From 1 January 2008, the Health Insurance Premium rate is changed to 5.08%.
Employers pay 50% of the insurance premium and employee pays the remaining amount.
Oracle HRMS uses the new rates to calculate the National Pension Premium as follows:
National Pension Premium = Monthly Earning * National Pension Premium Rate
3.20.3.11. Calculate Tax Exemptions for Employees With a New Born or Adopted
Child
Starting 1 January 2008, employees are eligible for an exemption of 2,000,000 for
expenses on a newborn baby or an adopted child. You can now record the expenses for
newborn baby or adopted child using the Contact EIT. You can also record the expenses
for a dependent using the Income Tax window and SSHR Yea Entry page.
The YEA and TAX formulas are modified to calculate the tax exemption for employees
who have had a new born or adopted child.
3.20.3.12. Use the Updated Foreign Worker Income Exemption Rates
Starting 1 January 2007, the income exemption for foreign worker is 30% of taxable
earning (item 21 of 2006 YEA Tax Receipt). The non-taxable earnings are not included
within the foreign worker income exemption calculations.
3.20.3.13. Record Both Summary and Details for Medical Expenses
Previously, you could record the medical expenses either using the Summary region or
the Details region on the Medical Exemption tab of the YEA Entry window but not both.
According to the new NTS requirements, you can now record both the summary and
details. Oracle HRMS enables you to record both or a part of the medical expense
information using the Summary region and the remaining in the Details region.
A new check box - Medical Expense Details Required is now available that enables you
to record in both the regions. The application uses the total amount for calculation
purposes.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Korea) 50
3.20.4. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.20.4.1. Maintain Detailed Donation Information for Dependents


Starting 2008, NTS allows donation exemption for employees and for their
dependents. To meet this statutory requirement, Oracle HRMS enables you to
maintain additional information for calculating donation exemption in YEA.
A new donation type Public Legal Entity Donation Trust is available. Public Legal
Entity Donation Trust Carry Over Details is a new section added on the Donation
Tax Exemptions tab of the YEA Entry form and SSHR YEA Entry page.
You can record the dependent donation details such as Donation (NTS) and Donation
(Other) within Extra Contact Information DFF. You can record the donation expense
details only for spouse or child and if you have set the Dependent (Income Tax Law)
flag to Yes in the Further Contact Information DFF.
You must record donor name and NTS/Other in the Extra Assignment Information
DFF and the Donation Details section of the Donation Tax Exemptions tab on the
YEA Entry window. You can record details to the DFF only through the YEA Entry
form or through the SSHR YEA Entry Page.
KR Year End Adjustment Tax Receipt Report/RTF displays the donation expenses
for the dependents on the second page of the report.
3.20.4.2. Comply with the Latest Detailed Medical Information Updates
The NTS provides new statutory updates for detailed medical expense information.
To comply with these updates, Oracle HRMS now maintains additional information
for e-file reporting in 2008 YEA.
3.20.4.3. Record Type B Tax Group Information
With this release, Oracle now complies with the requirement of Korean government for
recording and maintaining Type B Tax Group post-tax deduction from 01-Jan-2008. You
can record the Type B Tax Group information using the YEA Entry form.
YEA Results displays the Type B Tax Group information on the Income Details tab and
the Post Tax Deductions amount on the Tax Details tab. YEA Tax Receipt report displays
the Type B Tax Group information in the Earnings List By Working Place section and
the Post Tax Deductions amount on the Post Tax Deduction section of the report.
3.20.4.4. Comply with the 2008 Layout Updates for KR Year End Adjustment Tax
Receipt
National Tax Service of Korea has introduced a new layout of Year End Adjustment Tax
Receipt for 2008, which include:
Housing Loan Repay Exemption
Long Term Housing Loan Interest Repay Exemption
Housing Saving Exemption
Small Business Install Exemption
New Born, Adopted Exemption
Birth Raising Allowance
Foreign Worker Exemption
Oracle HRMS displays these items within the Year End Adjustment Tax Receipt.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Korea) 51
3.20.4.5. Use the Latest Layout for YEA Ledger Report
The National Tax Service of Korea has introduced a new layout of Year End Adjustment
Ledger to meet the statutory tax changes for 2008. Oracle incorporates these changes
which include:
Non-Taxable Overseas Earnings in Foreign Currency
Birth Raising Allowance and
Foreign Worker Income Exemption
3.20.4.6. Comply with the YEA Reclaim Sheet Changes
Oracle HRMS for Korea meets the new guidelines for YEA Reclaim Sheet specified by
the NTS and displays the following:
Birth-Adoption Exemption
Donation amounts of dependents
Separation Pension
Housing expense moved to other Exemptions
Donation expenses
Small Business Installment Exemption
Card Expense Exemption
Long Term Stock Exemption Fund
3.20.4.7. Comply with Statutory Updates for 2008
The layout of the KR Year End Adjustment Tax Receipt Report, KR Year End
Adjustment Reclaim Sheet Report, YEA Results, YEA Entry and the RTF templates now
include the following changes to comply with the statutory updates:
Long Term Stock Fund
Company Related Expense
Additional Child Exemption for disabled children
3.20.4.8. Record Additional Children Exemption for Dependents
Employees are eligible for an Additional Children Exemption if they have a child by birth
or adoption but do not receive any exemption for any dependents such as
grandchild/grandchildren. To avoid calculating the exemptions incorrectly, you can use
the Excluded From Add'l Children Exemption on the Further Contact Relationship
Information DFF. The default value is No. Specifying Yes excludes the dependent from
Additional Children Exemption.
3.20.4.9. Display Double Exemption for Medical Expense
Employees are eligible for a double exemption for medical expenses paid in cards for
2008. The layout of the YEA Entry, Income tax, Reclaim Sheet report and the RTF
template are modified to reflect this change.
3.20.4.10. Display Detailed Donation Information in the e-File
According to the latest statutory update, the Detailed Donation Information E-File must
include the details of employees who have donated 1,00,000 KRW or more including
those of the dependents.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Korea) 52
3.20.4.11. Use the Updated Statutory and Non-Statutory Separation Pay E-Files
The Statutory and Non-Statutory Separation Pay e-files now include the Overseas Tax
Break amounts and other layout changes.

3.20.5. Release 12.1.3

3.20.5.1. Rehire before final close for Korea


Oracle HRMS for Korea now enables users to rehire an employee before the final
processing date.

3.20.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.20.6.1. KR XML Data Extract/Upload (extend legislation coverage)


In 2010, NTS (National Tax Service) has introduced a new feature to extract NTS
provided employee YEA information on their web page into a PDF. This PDF output can
then be extracted into an XML format and validated using the NTS provided APIs. The
validated information can then be uploaded into a system such as Oracle HCM. This
enhancement delivers the functionality to extract the PDF from the NTS web page into
XML, validate it and upload into the Assignment Extra Information tables.

3.20.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.20.7.1. KR YEA XML Data Extract


Korea NTS provides the YEA information to every employee on its NTS website. The
employee may download them in a PDF format doc from website and use the same
information in the End of year processing avoiding the manual entry. Payroll application
uses java apis provided by NTS to extract the YEA information from the PDF document.
The user can than validate the information YEA entry forms and finally confirm the same
for YEA reporting.

The Application provides for mass upload of YEA information for all employees to the
Administrator.

There is also support for upload of the YEA XML Data Extract through employee self-
service. A new self-service page is provided that enables employees to import and upload
the XMLdata from the PDF file.

3.20.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.20.8.1. View Payslip offset days


Currently users can view the payslip immediately online after the archive process.
To control users from viewing it immediately, a new field is now available to set
the number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users can view
the payslip only after the specified offset number of days.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Korea) 53
3.21. Oracle HRMS (Kuwait)

3.21.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.21.1.1. Produce Report 166 for the PIFSS Based on Revised Rates
The Public Institution for Social Security (PIFSS) social insurance schemes for
employees include pension fund contributions. As of August 1, 2007, the rate for the
employee pension fund contributions increases from 1 to 2 percent, resulting in an
increase from 6 to 7 percent for the total employee social insurance. This release revises
the values used to calculate the contributions and to produce the Report 166 for the
PIFSS. The application now calculates the employee pension fund contributions based on
2 percent (KW_SI_CALCULATION). When you generate Report 166 after August 1
2007, the application displays the appropriate result for the employee pension deduction.

3.21.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.21.2.1. Use the Payroll Exception Report


The core payroll process, Payroll Exception Report, is now available for Kuwait.

3.21.3. Release 12.1.2

3.21.3.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments


With R12.1.2, support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management
(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Kuwait. This feature enables users to
reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement.
The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based
on the payment file processes that have been run.
3.21.3.2. View Magtape Output Window
Oracle Payroll for Kuwait localization now enables users to easily access the magnetic
tape output files (.mf and .out) from the application.
3.21.3.3. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances
From R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances even after the balance adjustment
process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval in the Kuwait
localization. There is no additional set up to be performed to use this feature.
3.21.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.21.4.1. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their
payroll and assignment process information by providing them with payroll
readiness and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also
improve efficiency and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor
payroll and assignment processes as well as run, retry or roll back payroll
processes. Administrators can easily configure the payroll readiness and
validation information according to their requirements using both delivered as
well as custom checks and rules.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Kuwait) 54
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.
3.21.4.2. Online PDF Payslip
The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslip though
Employee Self Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined
template to get their desired look and feel of the payslip and the XML Publisher
engine produces a PDF document as output.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.21.5. Release 12.2.4


3.21.5.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date
Currently there is a restriction wherein employees cannot be rehired before the final
process date set for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this restriction of not allowing employees to be rehired before the
final process date has been removed for the Kuwait localization. Now, terminated
employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and prior to the
final process date. The Kuwait reports have been modified to support this feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

3.22. Oracle HRMS (Mexico)

3.22.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.22.1.1. Manage Social Security Information through Integrated Archiver


The various Social Security reporting archivers have been consolidated into a single
process: Social Security Archiver.
The Social Security Archiver is a concurrent program that archives data used for
reporting to the social security institutes. The program archives employee and salary
information related to the following areas:
Employee hire or re-hire
Personal data, such as National Identifier and Name
Changes to employee's salary
Employee separation/termination
Absences and Leaves
Disabilities
INFONAVIT data
SUA transactions
You can then generate the appropriate statutory reports through the following
mechanisms:
Social Security Affiliation Report (employment and salary change reporting)
SUA Interface Extract (SUA transactions)

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Mexico) 55
Annual Work Risk Incident Report (Work Risk Incident Premium reporting)
3.22.1.2. Successfully Create and Save GRE Organizations
You can now successfully create and save GRE organizations.
3.22.1.3. Implement and Archive Change of GRE for Employees
When you perform a change of GRE for an employee, that change is now recognized and
archived by the Social Security Archive process.
3.22.1.4. Specify Names of Over 15 Characters as Timecard Approvers
When specifying a timecard approver, you can now select employees with names of over
15 characters in length.
3.22.1.5. Specify Legal Employer when Running the DIM Report
When running the DIM report, you are now able to select the Legal Employer field now
properly populates its list of values.
3.22.1.6. Run QuickPay with IDW Elements in Spanish Instances
You can now run a Quickpay/Payroll Run on a Spanish language instance, and it will not
generate errors when it processes the Integrated Daily Wage element.
3.22.1.7. View IDSE File Content More Easily
When viewing the IDSE file output, its content now appears on multiple lines rather on a
single line.
3.22.1.8. Access State Tax Rules DFF without Errors
In environments where both US and Mexican legislations are running, you can now view
the State Tax Rules descriptive flexfield without generating errors.
3.22.1.9. Use the hr_mx_ex_employee_api.mx_final_process_emp API without
Errors
You can now execute the hr_mx_ex_employee_api.mx_final_process_emp API without
generating errors.

3.22.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)

3.22.2.1. North American 2007 Reporting Enhancements and Statutory Updates


Oracle HRMS supports statutory changes for End of Year 2007 for Mexico, which
include:
Enhancement to the ISR Tax Format 37.
Enhancement to the Information Declaration Report (DIM) program.
Revised statutory tax rates for Colima, Guanajuato, Morelos, Puebla and
Queretaro.

3.22.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)

3.22.3.1. Comply with Employer State Tax Changes


The Employer State Tax has been updated with the most recent taxability rules.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Mexico) 56
3.22.3.2. Comply with ISR Tax Changes
Updates have been made for annual ISR tax tables under article 177 and 178 for Year
2007. These rates are effective from 1st Jan 2007.

3.22.4. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.22.4.1. Use the ISR Periodic Tax Adjustments


New Monthly Tax Adjustment run type has been added to payroll run and existing Tax
Adjustment run type has been updated.
3.22.4.2. Use the New BI Publisher Report "ISR Subsidy For Emp Paid"
A new XML Publisher Report "ISR Subsidy For Emp Paid" is now available.

3.22.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.22.5.1. Payroll Simulator


Users can now model employee payslips using the new Payroll Simulator available
online. This feature can be used to quickly and accurately answer payslip related
questions and address "what-if" scenarios such as how net pay would be impacted by
altering Tax Related Details, Earnings Details and Deductions Details. Users can also
elect to print a PDF copy of the model payslip.
This feature is available only to payroll professionals (administrators) via Self Service.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.22.5.2. SS Archiver Reports (SUA extracts and SS Affiliation)
Users can now run Social Security processes by Legal Employer. This feature
significantly enhances the SS administration as it allows users to process the Social
Security reports (SUA Extract, Affiliation Report and Annual Work Incident Report) for
all GREs belonging to a Legal Employer in a single run. Social Security reports support
both run options: Legal Employer and GRE.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.22.5.3. Rehire Before Final Process Date
This feature allows customers to rehire a terminated employee before the final close
date. The Legislative Rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD is now enabled for Mexico.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2. 4.

3.22.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.22.6.1. New Integrated Daily Wage (IDW) Audit Report


A new IDW Report is now available that provides both summary and detailed
information about how the employee Integrated Daily Wage was computed per pay
period. When run in detailed mode, it provides the fixed and variable earnings that
contributed to the IDW.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Mexico) 57
3.23. Oracle HRMS (Netherlands)

3.23.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.23.1.1. Make the Civilian Service Number Optional (Previously the SOFI
Number)
The SOFI number is now called Civilian Service Number or BSN.
With this release, you can also use the new HR: Make National Identifier Optional profile
option to make the SOFI Number optional.
3.23.1.2. Use New Dutch First Day Notification Report
With this release, you can use the new Dutch First Day Notification Report to meet
statutory requirements for an employee attached to an HR organization with tax details.
This is applicable if an employee is hired, terminated, rehired, or if you update employee
records on or after 4th July 2006.
3.23.1.3. Group Multiple Assignments by Employer
You can now use the new Assignment Process Group field on the Dutch Business Group
EIT to group multiple assignments by employer or payroll.
3.23.1.4. Use New Profile Options
With this release, you can use the following new profile options:
Security profile enabled in the Absence Action List Report and Re-integration
Actions Report.
HR: Display Special Rate Annual Income on Assignment to calculate and display
the Special Rate Annual Income. If you set this profile option to No, then the
application does not calculate and display the Special Rate Annual Income.
HR: Default Income Code to set the default income code for all employees.
3.23.1.5. Support Refund of ZVW Contributions to Employees
With this release, Oracle Payroll supports the refund of ZVW contributions to the
employees by the tax authorities or employers. You can perform retro calculation when
calculating ZVW refund contributions.
3.23.1.6. Include Latest Assignment Details in the Dutch ATS Reports
Oracle Payroll now provides functionality to attach assignments to a payroll throughout
the year and display the assignment details in the Dutch ATS Report.
The report displays only those assignments that have payroll runs. Previously, the Dutch
Annual Tax Statement Archive did not archive any assignments that you attached later
than the beginning of the year.
3.23.1.7. Use Enhanced Life Saving Scheme Features
Oracle Payroll now provides enhanced support for the Life Saving Scheme, so
participating employees can withdraw the amount saved to compensate for unpaid leave
or in case of retirement. Additionally, employees withdrawing money from their LSS
receive a discount, the Life Cycle Leave Discount (LCLD), which is paid as part of the

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Netherlands) 58
Net Earnings of the employee. To satisfy legislative requirements, any unused LCLD is
not carried forward to the next pay period.
3.23.1.8. Use Updated Reports to Support Legislative Changes
With this release, Oracle Payroll provides you with updated reports that use new balances
and subsidies for travel allowance, retro travel allowances, and wage tax subsidies to
support legislative changes.
The following changes are made to the reports:
Remuneration report:
o Displays Yes if your yearly values of Travel Allowance or Retro Travel
Allowance are non-zero for the assignment in the Travel Allowance
indicator.
o Modified to change the display of ZVW Refund amount.
o Displays LSS changes
Payslip:
o Displays the Travel Allowance and Retro Travel Allowance values along
with the Net Earnings in the Payments and Deductions section.
o Modified to show ZVW refund and Retro ZVW Refund.
Wage report:
o Displays the Travel Allowance and Retro Travel Allowance values along
with the Net Earnings.
o Displays the public sector and own risk cover details.
o Supports reporting for Lunar Month Period Type.

3.23.1.9. Use New Wage Subsidies for P8ayroll Processing


Wage Tax subsidy now supports two new types of subsidies - Student and EVC. The
Wages report displays two new elements, Wage Tax Subsidy EVC and Retro Wage Tax
Subsidy in the Wage Tax Subsidy Education Amount.
3.23.1.10. Support for Late Hire Processing in Payroll
With this release, Oracle Payroll supports computation of tax and SI based on the salary-
earned date for the payroll process of new hires, where the date paid is in different period.
3.23.1.11. Use the New Adjustment Component to Carry Forward Earnings
With this release, you can use the new Adjustment RetroPay component to calculate
deductions after carrying forward the difference only in earnings to the current period.
The existing Standard RetroPay component (now changed to the Correction component)
calculates deductions by processing tax and social insurance in the original period.
3.23.1.12. Process Tax and SI Balances using AAOP instead of IP High and IP Low
Pension Schemes
Starting from January 2007, a new ABP Pension Type -- ABP Disability Insurance
(AAOP) is introduced. This pension type replaces the existing IP High and IP Low
pension types. The ABP Reporting functionality is updated to reflect these changes. The
new pension type is reported via Record 09 with a contribution code of AP.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Netherlands) 59
3.23.1.13. Use the Modified Dutch Annual Tax Statement Report
The Dutch Annual Tax Statement Report has been updated to support legislative changes
and the following are the changes:
Replaced the Insured for ZFW field with the Wage for ZVW field. The Wage for
ZVW field reports the YTD balance for ZVW basis that contains normal and
special rate calculation.
Replaced the ZFW or Private Health Insurance Contribution field with the
Deducted contribution for ZVW field. The Deducted contribution for ZVW field
reports the YTD balance for employee contribution for ZVW that contains
normal and special rate calculation.
Changed the layout of the address lines to comply with the Dutch format of
address.
Added a new field called the Period of Service to the report. This field displays
the period of service of the employee in the current year in the DD/MM/RRRR -
DD/MM/RRRR format.
Displays the Employer name and tax registration number for each employee in
the report. These two values/attributes are either of the legal employer (if
attached) or that of the employer derived from the hierarchy.
3.23.1.14. Use New Dutch Element RetroPay Setup Report to Display Retro Setup
of User Element
With this release, you can use the new Dutch Element RetroPay Setup Report to view the
RetroPay setup of all elements. You run the report to either display all the elements or the
elements with RetroPay setup only. Select either All Elements or Elements With
RetroPay Setup option for the Element records field in the Concurrent Programs window.
3.23.1.15. Reduce Data Volumes and Improve Performance by Producing Fewer
Run Result Values
Oracle Payroll has enhanced the payroll run to eliminate unwanted run result values. The
payroll run no longer saves those null run results, that is, those run results that do not
contain a value. This change improves the performance of the payroll run and reduces the
space needed for the run results.
Do not implement this feature if you have written your own reports that depend on null
result values.
Oracle Payroll does not suppress null run results unless your System Administrator has
enabled this feature by:
1. Checking that the Generic Upgrade Mechanism contains an upgrade called
Enable Sparse Matrix Null Run Result Values Functionality.
2. Running the Enable Sparse Matrix Null Run Result Values Functionality
upgrade.
3.23.1.16. Configure Precision of Maximum Salary Type
With this release, you can configure the precision of the Maximum Salary field when
defining an SI Type to display three decimals for rounding purposes.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Netherlands) 60
3.23.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)

3.23.2.1. Year End Report


Using the new Dutch Year End report, users can now generate the year-end payroll data.
As the Year End Report is an extension of the Dutch Wage Report, it uses the Dutch
Wage Report Generator and Dutch Wage Report concurrent programs to generate the
Year End report.

3.23.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.23.3.1. Use Updated Wage Reports for 2009


Starting Jan 2009, the Tax Authorities have introduced checks on the consistency of the
Wage report. From 01-Oct-2009, the tax authorities will reject reports that do not comply
with the given checks. With this release, you can ensure that the Wage report complies
with the required checks. Now the application performs the checks on the archived data
of the Wage report and displays violations, if any, in the Exception report.
3.23.3.2. Use New Tax Code 950
To comply with the legislative changes for 2009, you can now use the new tax code 950.
3.23.3.3. Use Labor Handicap Discount/Old Age Discount Changes
With this release, you can use the updated Labor Handicap discount and Old Age
discount.
3.23.3.4. Use Tax table Changes for 2009
You can now use the updated user tables and global values, effective 1-Jan-2009.
3.23.3.5. Use Updated Dutch Wage Report
You can now report the National Holiday Gift Taxable Amount and Early Retirement and
pre pension Taxable Amount, while you enter details in the Flat Rate Taxation EIT at the
employer level.
3.23.3.6. Use ZVW Changes
Currently, the application calculates the foreigner rule (30%) tax adjustment for taxable
income and ZVW income on income that includes the Life Savings Deduction and the
Life Savings Withdrawal.
This release modifies the formulae for the foreigner rule (30%) tax adjustment to enable
the application to calculate adjustments after excluding the Life Saving Deduction and
the Life Savings Withdrawal from the actual income. However, the application continues
to calculate tax deductions and ZVW contributions using the final income after excluding
the Life Savings Deduction and Life Savings Withdrawal.
3.23.3.7. Use the Updated Addressing Female Employee Field in the Person
Window
You can now use a new value, Partner Name + Birth Name [s1], in the Addressing
Female Employee field on the Person window.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Netherlands) 61
3.23.4. Release 12.1.2

3.23.4.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments


With R12.1.2, support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management
(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Netherlands. This feature enables
users to reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank
statement. The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle
Payroll, based on the payment file processes that have been run.
3.23.4.2. Use Payroll Exception Report
This feature is enabled in the Netherlands localization to allow users to identify those
employees for whom the payment is either greater than or less than a specified variance.
3.23.4.3. Group Action Parameter
Oracle Payroll for Netherlands localization now provides the flexibility of defining
payroll action parameters at a non-global level. The Pay Action Parameter Groups feature
allows users to group the action parameters and their values, associating them with
particular processes
3.23.4.4. View Cost Allocations
Oracle Payroll for Netherlands localization enables users to view an assignments costing
details using the View Cost Allocation Page before running the Costing process.
3.23.4.5. View Magtape Output Window
Oracle Payroll for Netherlands localization now enables users to easily access the
magnetic tape output files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature,
navigate to the View Payroll Process Results window, select the completed magtape
process and click the View Output button.

3.23.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.23.5.1. Labor Cost Arrangement (LCA)


The Dutch Labour Cost Arrangement (LCA) allows an employer to pay employees tax
free labour amounts without justification. However, when the total of payments for an
employer exceeds the threshold, the employer must pay the LCA flat rate tax for the
amount above the threshold. The LCA method is voluntary for years 2011 through 2013,
but becomes mandatory beginning in 2014. During the voluntary period an employer may
use it, for example, in 2012 and then switch back to the current legislation in 2013.
This release delivers a new seeded balance 'LCA Payments' which feeds the LCA
Payments, a new Additional Organization Information 'Labour Cost Agreement' (into
which details must be entered to enable LCA computation), and the new concurrent
program 'Dutch Labour Cost Agreement Audit Report' which produces a PDF explaining
the LCA computation.
The Dutch Wage Report Generator uses the Organization Information and Balance values
for each period to derive the LCA tax and archive it. Users must data lock one wage
report archive for each period. The Dutch Wage Report then reports the archived value in
tag EhOvsFrfWrkkstrg.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Netherlands) 62
3.23.5.2. Digital Sickness Reporting
In Netherlands, UWV is the Social Insurance Provider which provides social insurance
payments in case of certain sickness. Previously, employers were required to provide this
information on paper. UWV now accepts digital reports (XML files).
For Digital Sickness Reporting, the user captures additional information at the following
levels:
HR Organization
Legal Employer
Collective Agreement
Person (Including Address, Phone, Contact)
Absence
Changes have been made in concerned DFF and Lookups.
The following new Concurrent Programs for archiving and reporting are provided:
Dutch Sickness Report
Dutch Sickness Recovery Report
Dutch Long Term Sickness Report
Dutch Long Term Sickness Recovery Report
Dutch WAZO Report
These reports produce individual XML files for each absence as per the specifications of
UWV and may be submitted to UWV using a third party tool. A summary PDF report
detailing the individual sickness reports is also produced for audit purposes.
Digital sickness reporting solution also caters to withdrawal and regeneration of these
reports.
3.23.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.23.6.1. Loaders
The mechanism of delivering NL HRMS predefined data has been enhanced. With this
release the data is delivered through ldts as opposed to pdts. This new approach helps the
product to move to the next best level of delivery. The predefined data delivered is
moved from pdt to ldts. Each entity is delivered through a separate ldt. These ldts are
still called from hrglobal.drv and post installs needs to run.

Following are the advantages of moving predefined data from PDT to LDTs:

Dependencies would be reduced; only changed entities would be re-extracted


and delivered.
Patches can be released faster due to less dependency.
Regressions would be reduced.
Testing impact would be less on customers, as they would need to test changed
entities only and not test all entities delivered through pdt.
Debugging hrglobal issues would be easier; customers can use FNDLOAD
commands and test the data in case of critical issues
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Netherlands) 63
3.23.6.2. Payroll Dashboard
The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their
payroll and assignment process information by providing them with payroll
readiness and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also
improve efficiency and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor
payroll and assignment processes as well as run, retry or roll back payroll
processes. Administrators can easily configure the payroll readiness and
validation information according to their requirements using both delivered as
well as custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.23.6.3. Online PDF Payslip


The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslip though
Employee Self Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined
template to get their desired look and feel of the payslip and the XML Publisher
engine produces a PDF document as output.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.24. Oracle HRMS (New Zealand)

3.24.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.24.1.1. Contribute and Report the KiwiSaver Deductions to Inland Revenue


Employers and employees may contribute to the KiwiSaver scheme. Employers are
exempted from paying Specified Superannuation Contribution Withholding Tax
(SSCWT), if they contribute to the KiwiSaver on the behalf of their employees.
Employers report and submit details of KiwiSaver contributions and deductions to the
Inland Revenue Department(IRD). Oracle HRMS for New Zealand provides element,
balances, and balance dimensions to enable you to process and calculate these KiwiSaver
deductions.

3.24.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.24.2.1. Comply with Latest Statutory Updates for October 2008


This release complies with the following statutory changes effective from 1-October
2008:
Changes to PAYE Tax rate and thresholds
Changes to Extra Pay Tax thresholds
Change of the SSCWT to ESCT
Changes to ESCT thresholds and rates

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (New Zealand) 64
3.24.2.2. Use Enhanced Retropay to Calculate Back-dated KiwiSaver Contributions
Enhanced Retropay for KiwiSaver Contributions in New Zealand is introduced. You can
use Enhanced RetroPay to calculate and deduct the contributions for any backdated
changes in salary and subsequently any backdated Kiwisaver contribution changes.
3.24.2.3. Comply with the Latest Statutory Updates from April 2009
Oracle HRMS for New Zealand complies with the following statutory updates effective
from 1 April 2009:
Increased maximum rate for ACC Earner Levy
Increased Earners Levy rate
Increased Student Loan threshold rates
Changed Income threshold tax rate
New tax codes ME and ME SL for PAYE calculations
Changed Income threshold for ESCT
Change to the rate of Compulsory Employer contributions to KiwiSaver
Removal of ETC
3.24.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.24.3.1. Rehire Before Final Close

With this enhancement, this restriction preventing employees from being rehired
before the final process date has been removed for the New Zealand localization.
Now, terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process
date and prior to the final process date.

This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.24.3.2. Support for Upgrade to Single Latest Balance Table

Previously, the Generic Upgrade for Single Latest Balance Table Upgrade process
had to be enabled for each legislation. With this release, this process is made
generic and available to all localizations. This eases the support of latest balances
and ensures performance improvements made due to the single model.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.24.3.3. Enter and Maintain PHF, SI and EA Information using HTML Pages

This enhancement implements entering and maintaining the PHF/SI/EA


information using HTML pages. Using these pages, users can query, add, correct
and delete records using this user-friendly interface.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (New Zealand) 65
3.25. Oracle HRMS (Norway)

3.25.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.25.1.1. Use the Documents of Record Functionality to Store Document


Information
You can use the updated Documents of Record Self-Service functionality to store
document information. You can now capture information specific to the Document Type
Follow-up Plan.
3.25.1.2. Use the Modified NUS-2000 Code for the Employee's Qualification Type
You can now use the value set for the NUS-2000 Code field and add appropriate
meanings for the qualification type.
3.25.1.3. Process Holiday Pay for Your Employees
You can record various holiday absences for employees and administer holiday pay. You
use the Absence Entry window to record different absences and other absence-related
information, and then run the payroll to calculate the holiday pay.
3.25.1.4. Process All Absence Categories to Administer Absence Pay Effectively
You can record all categories of absences such as sickness, parental leave and adoption to
administer absence pay. You can use predefined elements and formulas to calculate
benefits and deductions amounts easily. Record additional information at the employer
and employee level to support absence pay process.
3.25.1.5. Generate Sickness Leave and Absence Statistics Report
You can generate and submit reports to statutory authorities that list sickness and absence
statistics.
3.25.1.6. Calculate the Impact of Reimbursements of Absence and Holiday Pay on
Employer Contribution
When you calculate the Absence benefit or Holiday Pay on the Absence amount to be
reclaimed from the Social Security Office, Oracle HRMS enables you to calculate the
portion of Employer's Contribution that you reclaim.
3.25.1.7. Use the Self-Service Tax Card Interface to Enter Tax Card Details
The Tax Card User Interface enables you to enter data for a tax card in the Tax Card
element. This interface opens in a browser and performs various validations on the data
you enter. You can use this interface to manually create tax card details.
3.25.1.8. Generate Online Payslip
Employees can view their payslip online using Self-Service HR. Oracle HRMS generates
the payslip based on archived data. Providing this information reduces the number of
pay-related questions salary administrators receive.
3.25.1.9. Stay informed with New Payroll Reports
You can generate the following payroll reports using the Submit Request window:
Employee Deduction reports
o Norwegian Tax Levy Deduction Report: View tax levy deduction details
per payee for a given period

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Norway) 66
o Norwegian Union Due Deduction Report: View union due deduction
details per payee for a given period
o Norwegian Support order and other Deduction Report: Use this report to
view support order and other deduction details per payee for a given
period
Payroll Accounting Report: Audit and check consistency between the employer's
general ledger application and payroll application. Use this report for
reconciliation purposes.
Employer Contribution and Withholding Tax Report: View bi-monthly report on
Employer's Contribution and Withholding Tax
End of Year Report: Generates the employees earnings and remunerations along
with tax deducted information
Salary Statistics Report: Comply with Statistics Norway and submit reports in
their approved format
3.25.1.10. Process Payments for Employees Based on 2006 Taxation Changes
Oracle HRMS provides legislative updates and changes to help you manage the processes
as per the new values for 2006. These changes apply to tax tables, payslip, and holiday
pay, and they enable you to upload tax table data per localization rather than per business
group.
3.25.1.11. Process Payments for Employees Based on 2006 Legislative Changes
Oracle HRMS provides legislative updates and changes to tax and statutory deductions to
help you manage the processes as per the new values for 2006.
3.25.1.12. Support Recent Legislative Changes
The following changes have been made to support legislative updates for 2007:
The End of year Archiver now archives information for both Employers and
Employees. This is useful while generating Certificate of Pay and Tax Deducted
report for each employee. The Archiver also archives the information for the new
zones.
The Employee Audit Report has a new field to display Dates/Days only for
eligible employees
A new criteria to group eligible codes to sum up the values or additional
information
Employers and Employees Register Report this new report displays all current
and historic employments of an employee and the number of employees currently
and historically employed in the organization. The report supports two formats
Status Control and Continuous Reporting. Both these formats generate an
electronic flat file, which you can submit to the NIA, and an Audit file, which
lists the contents of the electronic file.
3.25.1.13. Use Advance Pay to Pay Employees in Advance
The Advance Pay process enables you to pay employees in advance for holidays or other
events. The process performs payroll runs for the periods to be advanced, using all date
effective information in place, and stores the final net figure as the amount to be
advanced.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Norway) 67
3.25.1.14. Use RetroPay Functionality to Pay Backdated Amounts to Employees
The Enhanced RetroPay core payroll process is now available for Norway. You can use
either of the two RetroPay components:
Correction: Use this option to recalculate tax and SI balances on adjusted
earnings for each period and carry forward the difference in both earnings and
deductions to the current period.
Adjustment: Use this option to recalculate deductions after carrying forward the
difference in earnings to the current period.
3.25.1.15. Print Batch Payslips
You can now use the Batch Printing of Payslip solution to generate the payslips as one
PDF output.
3.25.1.16. Reduce Data Volumes and Improve Performance by Producing Fewer
Run Result Values
Oracle Payroll has enhanced the payroll run to eliminate unwanted run result values. The
payroll run no longer saves those null run results, that is, those run results that do not
contain a value. This change improves the performance of the payroll run and reduces the
space needed for the run results.
Do not implement this feature if you have written your own reports that depend on null
result values.
Oracle Payroll does not suppress null run results unless your System Administrator has
enabled this feature by:
1. Checking that the Generic Upgrade Mechanism contains an upgrade called
Enable Sparse Matrix Null Run Result Values Functionality.
2. Running the Enable Sparse Matrix Null Run Result Values Functionality
upgrade.
3.25.1.17. Implement Mandatory Occupational Pension Scheme
Use the Mandatory Occupational Pension scheme to pay employer contributions to group
pension funds for your employees. Using this feature, you can:
Register information about various pension providers
Register information about different pension types
Map pension providers or agreements to employer
Register pension information about employees or assignments
You can also:
Estimate the employers pension premium and the Employers Contribution of
pension premium per payroll run
Estimate the Agreement Based Pension premium per payroll run
Deduct the employees pension contribution per payroll run
Enable an element for entering actual paid collective pension (Employers part)
per employee

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Norway) 68
3.25.1.18. Use the Balance Initialization Process
You can set up and load initial balance values before you begin to process payrolls. The
balance initialization process helps you to accurately calculate legislative deductions in
Oracle Payroll.
3.25.1.19. Improve the Performance of Oracle Payroll Processing
To improve payroll run performance, Oracle Payroll creates and maintains Latest Balance
Values. If these values were not created, the payroll process would calculate balance
values by summing the run results for all balances. This has a significant impact on the
first payroll run. This release enables you to use Latest Balances for Oracle Payroll
processing.

3.25.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.25.2.1. Comply with Legislative Changes for 2007/2008


This release delivers the legislative updates for 2008. Now, you can:
Use the following updated reports and XML files:
o Norwegian End of Year Employee Certificate Report
o Norwegian End of Year Employer Contribution Summary Report
o Norwegian End of Year Employee Certificate XML File
o Norwegian End of Year Employer Contribution XML File
Use updated reporting codes, effective from January 2007.
Use new rates for domestic travel, effective from 1-May-2008.
Use new rates for Domestic Mileage rate for Electrical Driven Car, legitimated
domestic night rates for hotel stay, and day trips that are not classified as official
journey.
Use revised National Insurance Base Rate, effective from 01-May-2008.
Use the revised Preferential Loan Interest.
3.25.2.2. Comply with EOY0708 Legislative Changes effective from 2008
You can now use the following components to comply with End of Year Changes for
2008:
Updated High-rate tables for 2008
New and changed tax municipals from 2008
Updated globals for 2008:
o Union dues pre tax deduction amount
o Free company cars
o Free boarding and lodging
o Tax authorities threshold rate for withholding tax on overnight travel
o Tax free card threshold amount
o Interest rate and preferential loans

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Norway) 69
3.25.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.25.3.1. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their
payroll and assignment process information by providing them with payroll
readiness and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also
improve efficiency and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor
payroll and assignment processes as well as run, retry or roll back payroll
processes. Administrators can easily configure the payroll readiness and
validation information according to their requirements using both delivered as
well as custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.
3.25.4. Release 12.2.4
3.25.4.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date
Currently there is a restriction wherein employees cannot be rehired before the final
process date set for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this restriction of not allowing employees to be rehired before the
final process date has been removed for the Norway localization. Now, terminated
employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and prior to the
final process date. The Norway reports have been modified to support this feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

3.26. Oracle HRMS (Romania)

3.26.1. Release 12.2

3.26.1.1. Employee Identification


Romanian legislative requirements for name and address format, CNP (Cod Numeric
Personal) Numerical Personal Code, identity documents, back account details, medical
assessment etc. will be supported.
3.26.1.2. Employment
This section comprises customized attributes related to different forms of
employment and the main clauses in the labor contracts: contract categories, job
titles as required by the Romanian legislation: COR (Clasificarea Ocupatiilor din
Romania) the Classification of Occupations in Romania, different working
conditions will be supported.
3.26.1.3. Organizations
Attributes defining the employer in the Romanian legislative context, for statutory
reporting purposes: reporting entities, compers juridical, organizing and paroperty
forms and official activity area codification (CAEN) will be supported.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Romania) 70
3.26.2. Release 12.2.5

3.26.2.1. Employee Self-Service


In this release HR functions are enabled via Self Service for Romania legislation.
Now employees can update personal details, contact details and address details
using self service applications.

3.27. Oracle HRMS (Saudi Arabia)

3.27.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.27.1.1. Use the Payroll Exception Report


The core payroll process, Payroll Exception Report, is now available for Saudi Arabia.

3.27.2. Release 12.1.2

3.27.2.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments


With R12.1.2, support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management
(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Saudi Arabia. This feature enables
users to reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank
statement. The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle
Payroll, based on the payment file processes that have been run.
3.27.2.2. Display Balance Breakdown
From R12.1.2, a new region is available in the balance form in the Saudi Arabia
localization. This region displays the balance breakdown for all the context sensitive
balances, thus allowing users to view all the relevant balance values.
3.27.2.3. View Magtape Output Window
Oracle Payroll for Saudi Arabia localization now enables users to easily access the
magnetic tape output files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature,
navigate to the View Payroll Process Results window, select the completed magtape
process and click the View Output button
3.27.2.4. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances
From R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances even after the balance adjustment
process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval in the Saudi Arabia
localization. There is no additional set up to be performed to use this feature.
3.27.2.5. Purge Process
The Purge process provided by Oracle Payroll enables users to delete data that is no
longer required from the payroll tables to free up space and improve performance. A
concurrent process Archive Payments and Deductions for Payslip to archive the historic
pay slip information is provided with this feature. Users must run this concurrent process
to archive historic data.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Saudi Arabia) 71
3.27.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.27.3.1. Online PDF Payslip


The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslip though
Employee Self Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined
template to get their desired look and feel of the payslip and the XML Publisher
engine produces a PDF document as output.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.
3.27.3.2. Payroll Dashboard
The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their
payroll and assignment process information by providing them with payroll
readiness and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also
improve efficiency and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor
payroll and assignment processes as well as run, retry or roll back payroll
processes. Administrators can easily configure the payroll readiness and
validation information according to their requirements using both delivered as
well as custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.
3.27.3.3. SI Calculations for Other KW and AE nationals
You can now ensure that the social insurance calculation is according to the
percentages stipulated by Kuwait law for Kuwait nationals working in Saudi
Arabia and according to UAE law for UAE nationals working in Saudi Arabia.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.27.4. Release 12.2.4


3.27.4.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date
Currently there is a restriction wherein employees cannot be rehired before the final
process date set for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this restriction of not allowing employees to be rehired before the
final process date has been removed for the Saudi Arabia localization. Now, terminated
employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and prior to the
final process date. The Saudi Arabia reports have been modified to support this feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

3.27.4.2. Public Sector Changes

The Payroll application for Saudi Arabia is enhanced to support Saudi Public Sector
Social Insurance changes, Saudi Public Sector position group changes, Saudi
Government Sector Absence for a business group that is marked as Public Sector
business group.
Public Sector SI (Public Pension Agency)
Public Pension Agency constitutes the following

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Saudi Arabia) 72
Occupational Hazards Branch, - which provides benefits in cases of
employment injuries.
Pensions - that provides benefits in cases of non-occupational disability, old age,
and death.
The contribution for Occupational Hazards is fixed as follows:
2% of the contributory wage of which,
0% is payable by the employee and
2% is payable by the employer.
The contribution for the Annuities Branch is fixed as follows:
9% of the contributory wage of which,
9% is payable by the employee and
0% is payable by the employer.
The calculations will be prorated till the last working day of the employee.
Saudi Public Sector Position Group
The Oracle Payroll application for Saudi Arabia ships the following lookup for each main
position:
SA_M_POS_1, SA_M_POS_2, SA_M_POS_3, SA_M_POS_4 and SA_M_POS_5
Users can create the sub position by creating the lookup values for each of the lookup.
The following valuesets are created that must be attached to the KFF segments to record
the main and sub the positions for the business group:
1. SA_MAIN_POSITION
2. SA_SUB_POSITION
Saudi Government Sector Absence
The Oracle Payroll application for Saudi Arabia is enhanced to support the Saudi Public
Sector absences. The basic validation implemented.
Hiring Decision Number
Any government sector employee hired has a unique hiring number that must be
recorded. The Oracle Saudi Arabia localization is enhanced to record the unique hiring
number for Public Sector employees. This number has no validation.

3.28. Oracle HRMS (Singapore)

3.28.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.28.1.1. Use Revised Foreign Workers Levy Rates and New Permit Categories
Beginning 01-Apr-2007, employers employing workers in the construction and process
industry, who are exempted from the Man Year Entitlement (MYE), have to pay a
Foreign Workers Levy (FWL) to the Central Provident Fund (CPF) board.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Singapore) 73
3.28.1.2. Comply with New Regulations of the Central Provident Fund
Beginning 1-Jul-2007, the Central Provident Fund (CPF) regulations have changed. The
Oracle payroll application enables you to comply with these regulations and contribute to
the CPF.

3.28.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.28.2.1. Comply with the Latest SDL Updates


From 1 October 2008, the Skills Development Levy (SDL) Act makes it compulsory for
employers to contribute SDL for all employees up to the first $4,500 of gross monthly
remuneration at a levy rate of 0.25%, subject to a minimum of $2, whichever is higher.
For employees whose employment commences and ceases in the same month, the SDL is
zero. Oracle HRMS complies with these changes for SDL contributions and calculations.
3.28.2.2. Use the Updated IRASLine Format
From 01 Jan 2009, the IRASLine file specification is changed to version 5.0 to comply
with the statutory update for IRAS Original Submission 2009. The changes include the
following:
New IRAS Date of Incorporation (for ERIS Start-ups) - required for A8B Header
Use Surveillance System instead of Amplifier within the Furniture Expenses
New Stock Option Type NSOP and validation of the number of A8B shares
New File No on the A8B
Changed address style
Changed formats for IR8A, IR8S, A8A, A8B files
3.28.2.3. Submit the CPF Line Report/Magtape Using the New CPF Submission
Number
From 01-Jan-2009, a new CPF Submission Number (CSN) is available for use with the
CPF Line report and CPF Line magtape file. Employers must use this CSN while
submitting their employees' CPF contribution to CPF Board. CSN serves as a
replacement of the previous identifier type Employer Reference Number (ERN).
To accommodate the new UEN, the CPF Interface File specification is changed to enable
employers to use a 15-digit CSN identifier in the text file instead of 7-digit ERN.
Employers can use the latest CPF Line file specification version 2.0. The CPF Line report
concurrent program validates the date that determines the use of the CSN or ERN.
Please note that you can use the new CPF Submission Number (CSN) from 01-Jan-2009
only, and use the old CPF number prior to this date.
3.28.2.4. Use the Latest Rates for Mosque and Mendaki Fund Contributions
The monthly contribution rates for the Mosque Building and Mendaki Fund (MBMF)
have increased from 1st Mar 2009. Oracle HRMS for Singapore includes these rates for
MBMF calculations and processing.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Singapore) 74
3.28.3. Release 12.1.2

3.28.3.1. Singapore IRAS Amendment Process


Oracle HRMS for Singapore provides users with the ability to produce government
mandated reports using the integrated features of Oracle Payroll.
Each year, employers in Singapore are required to submit employee earnings information
to the IRAS (Inland Revenue of Singapore). The personal tax amount is calculated by
IRAS based on this information.
The amendment file is required only if there are changes to amounts or fields which
affect the total amount of employment income, e.g. where an employees income tax is
borne by employer but the indicator had not been given earlier.
Employers do not have to send amendment files for changes to employees personal
particulars, such as address, date of birth, etc.
In the amendment file you will only need to provide the difference between the original
(transmitted) amount and the actual amount. Leave all other numeric fields - which were
not affected by the error (income and deductions) - blank.
Example: the income/ deduction amount is under/over reported in the earlier
transmission.
Actual Salary = $25,000
Original Transmission = $21,000
Amended record should be shown as "$4,000"
Actual Bonus = $6,000
Original transmission = $8,000
Amended record should be shown as "-$2,000"
3.28.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.28.4.1. View Payslip Offset Days


Currently users can view the payslip online immediately after the archive process. To
control when users can start viewing a payslip, a new field is now available to set the
number of days for offset in the Payroll Description window. Users can view the payslip
only after the specified offset number of days.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.29. Oracle HRMS (South Africa)


3.29.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.29.1.1. Generate and Submit Workplace Skills Plan Reports


With R12.0.3, you can now generate and submit Workplace Skills and Annual Training
Reports annually to your SETA. Submitting the Workplace Skills Plan Report results in a
15% refund of the Skills Development Levies employers pay annually. Submitting the
Annual Training Report can result in an additional 45% refund.
This feature includes the following:

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (South Africa) 75
Workplace Skills Plan Setup and Maintenance process
Workplace Skills Plan Preprocess
Workplace Skills Plan Report
ZA SDF Information organization type

3.29.2. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)

3.29.2.1. UIF Annual Limit


Oracle HRMS South Africa now supports statutory changes to the increase in the annual
Unemployment Insurance Fund (UIF) earnings limit and the official interest rate. The
updates are as follows:
Global value for Annual UIF Limit is now R149736 with effect from 1 October
2007.
Global value for Official Interest Rate is now 11% with effect from 1 September
2007.

3.29.3. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)

3.29.3.1. Comply with Statutory Updates for End of Year (EOY) 2008
Oracle HRMS supports statutory changes for End of Year 2008 for South Africa, which
include:
Budget Speech changes for the 2008-09 tax year
Tax Year End 2008 changes

3.29.4. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.29.4.1. Use the Updated Official Interest Rate (effective September 2008)
You can now use the updated Official Interest Rate, effective from 01-Sep-2008.
3.29.4.2. Use the Updated Official Interest Rate (effective March 2009)
You can now use the updated Official Interest Rate, effective from 01-Mar-2009.
3.29.4.3. Use Tax Year End 2009 Changes
Use new validations added to the Tax Year End Validation report and the exception log.
3.29.4.4. Use Budget Speech Changes from 01-Mar-2009
Use the updated Tax Table and global values, modified as per the Budget Speech on
11-Feb-2009.

3.29.5. Release 12.1.2

3.29.5.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments


With R12.1.2, support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management
(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in South Africa. This feature enables

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (South Africa) 76
users to reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank
statement. The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle
Payroll, based on the payment file processes that have been run
3.29.5.2. Display Balance Breakdown
From R12.1.2, a new region is available in the balance form in the South Africa
localization. This region displays the balance breakdown for all the context sensitive
balances, thus allowing users to view all the relevant balance values.
3.29.5.3. View Cost Allocations
Oracle Payroll for South Africa localization enables users to view an assignments
costing details using the View Cost Allocation Page before running the Costing process.
3.29.5.4. View Magtape Output Window
Oracle Payroll for South Africa localization now enables users to easily access the
magnetic tape output files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature,
navigate to the View Payroll Process Results window, select the completed magtape
process and click the View Output button.
3.29.5.5. Use EMP201 Report
The EMP201 Report is delivered in R12.1.2. This report assists users to complete the
EMP201 return.
3.29.5.6. Use Net to Gross Functionality
The Net to Gross functionality for Annual Bonus and Annual payments is now available
in Oracle Payroll for South Africa.
To enable this feature, the following components have been delivered:
New classifications and balances
Enabling of Run Types
Model elements for reference to create user elements
However, Net to Gross processing of periodic payments is not supported.
3.29.5.7. Run the Tax Year End Data Validation Report any time
A new concurrent program "Interim Tax Year End Data Validation Report" in Oracle
Payroll for South Africa now enables the Tax Year End Data Validation Report to run at
any time during the tax year. This does not submit the Preprocess.
Using this report, users can identify certain data errors in time to rectify them before they
get to Tax Year End.

3.29.6. Release 12.1.3

3.29.6.1. Payroll Exception Reporting


This feature is enabled in the South Africa localization to allow users to identify those
employees for whom the payment is either greater than or less than a specified variance.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (South Africa) 77
3.29.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.29.7.1. Tax Register Report (XML)


This release delivers two new Concurrent Programs: "Tax Register Report Archiver" and
Tax Register Report (XML) for South Africa legislation. Together, they generate the
new Tax Register Report in PDF format using BI Publisher technology. The report can be
run in multiple threads and has been designed to improve the performance of the Tax
Register Report. The new concurrent programs have been added to the request groups:
ZA HRMS Reports & Processes and ZA SHRMS Reports & Processes.
3.29.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.29.8.1. Online PDF Payslip


The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslip though
Employee Self Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined
template to get their desired look and feel of the payslip and the XML Publisher
engine produces a PDF document as output.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.29.8.2. Tax Loaders


The mechanism of delivering ZA HRMS predefined data has been enhanced. With this
release the data would be delivered via ldts as opposed to pdts. This new approach helps
the product move to the next best level of delivery. The predefined data delivered is
moved from pdt to ldts. Each entity delivered through a separate ldt. These ldts are still
called from hrglobal.drv and post installs needs to run.
Following are the advantages of moving predefined data from PDT to LDTs:
Dependencies would be reduced; only changed entities would be re-extracted and
delivered.
Patches can be released faster due to less dependency.
Regressions would be reduced.
Testing impact would be less on customers, as they would need to test changed
entities only and not test all entities delivered through pdt.
Debugging hrglobal issues would be easier; customers can use FNDLOAD
commands and test the data in case of critical issues.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.29.8.3. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their
payroll and assignment process information by providing them with payroll
readiness and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also
improve efficiency and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor
payroll and assignment processes as well as run, retry or roll back payroll
processes. Administrators can easily configure the payroll readiness and
validation information according to their requirements using both delivered as
well as custom checks and rules.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (South Africa) 78
3.29.9. Release 12.2.4
3.29.9.1. View and print Income Tax Certificates via Employee Self Service
The Oracle Payroll applications Self Service functionality is enhanced to View and print
Income Tax Certificates.
The South Africa Tax Year End (Feb) Process must be marked as Final.
A new concurrent program Generate Self Service Certificates is shipped which takes
the Tax Year End Pre Process request ID as parameter and marks this as Final and this
Tax Year End Pre Process request ID will be locked for rollback. If the user feels that
they incorrectly locked any Tax Year End Pre Process request ID, first they need to
rollback this Generate Self Service Certificates process and then the original Tax Year
End Preprocess.
Once the process 'Generate Self Service Certificates' is completed, employees can use the
self -service page 'IRP5/IT3A Certificates' and from the LOV select the Tax Year and
Click Go to View/Download the PDF Certificate.

3.30. Oracle HRMS (Spain)

3.30.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.30.1.1. Use the Updated NIE Format


Statutory updates support the new NIE format. You can now enter 8 digits NIE
number instead of 7.
3.30.1.2. Share CAC Numbers at New Levels
You can now share CAC numbers at the following levels:
Amongst Work Centers
Between the Work Centre and Legal Employer
Contribution Account Type with Work Centre Details

3.31. Oracle HRMS (Sweden)

3.31.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.31.1.1. Process Holiday Pay for Your Employees


You can record various holiday absences for employees and administer holiday pay. You
use the Absence Entry window to record different absences and other absence-related
information and then run the payroll to calculate the holiday pay. You can process the
holiday pay that the employees accrue based on the different kinds of earnings and
remuneration they earn in the holiday year.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Spain) 79
3.31.1.2. Use the Balance Initialization Process
You can set up and load initial balance values before you begin to process payrolls. The
balance initialization process helps you to accurately calculate legislative deductions in
Oracle Payroll.
3.31.1.3. Process Sickness Pay for Your Employees
You can process sick pay to calculate sick pay, sickness deductions, and waiting day
deductions along with the payroll run. The solution contains predefined examples. These
examples cover the basic rules from statutory requirements and are working examples. If
your requirement exactly matches the predefined examples, then you can configure the
examples to use them as solutions. Otherwise, you must create new formulas and
elements with your organization-specific logic. You can then configure these new
formulas and elements to work as a solution.
3.31.1.4. Generate Online Payslip
Employees can view their payslip online using Self-Service HR. Oracle HRMS generates
the payslip based on archived data. Providing this information fulfils statutory
requirements and also reduces the number of pay-related questions salary administrators
receive.
3.31.1.5. Use the Tax Card User Interface to Enter Tax Card Details
The Tax Card User Interface enables you to enter data for a tax card in the Tax Card
element. This interface opens in a browser and performs various validations on the data
you enter. You can use this interface to create tax card details manually.
3.31.1.6. Manage End of Year Changes for 2006
Oracle HRMS provides legislative updates and changes to tax and statutory deductions to
help you manage the processes as per the new tax table values and employer tax
percentage break-up values for 2006.
3.31.1.7. Generate Payroll Reports for Statutory Compliance
The following new reports are added to meet statutory requirements.
Swedish Tax Declaration Report
Swedish Direct File Transfer Report
Swedish Statistics Office Report
Swedish Short Term Employment Statistics Report
Swedish Holiday Pay Debt Report
Swedish FORA Report
Swedish Wages and Salaries Statistics Report
Swedish Tax Declaration XML File Report
Swedish Work Time Certificate Report
Swedish Income Statement Report

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (Sweden) 80
3.31.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)

3.31.2.1. Generate and Submit ALECTA Report


You can now generate and submit the monthly ALECTA report to the tax authorities.
Use this report to submit details of salary changes, terminations, new employees, and
internal movement of employees within a group of companies.
3.31.2.2. Print Batch Payslips
You can now use the Batch Printing of Payslip solution to generate the payslips as one
PDF output.

3.31.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.31.3.1. Use Updated Tax Tables and Tax Declaration Report


Use the updated Tax Tables and Tax Declaration Report for Sweden, modified to comply
with legislative changes for 2009.
3.31.3.2. Use Updated Income Statement Reports and KU Reports (End of Year
Changes 2009)
You can now use the Income Statement Reports and KU Reports updated to comply with
End of Year Changes for 2009.

3.32. Oracle HRMS (UAE)

3.32.1. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.32.1.1. Use the Payroll Exception Report


The core payroll process, Payroll Exception Report, is now available for UAE.

3.32.2. Release 12.1.2

3.32.2.1. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments


With R12.1.2, support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management
(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in UAE. This feature enables users to
reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement.
The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based
on the payment file processes that have been run.
3.32.2.2. View Magtape Output Window
Oracle Payroll for UAE localization now enables users to easily access the magnetic tape
output files (.mf and .out) from the application.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UAE) 81
3.32.2.3. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances
From R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances even after the balance adjustment
process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval in the UAE
localization. There is no additional set up to be performed to use this feature.

3.32.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.32.3.1. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their
payroll and assignment process information by providing them with payroll
readiness and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also
improve efficiency and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor
payroll and assignment processes as well as run, retry or roll back payroll
processes. Administrators can easily configure the payroll readiness and
validation information according to their requirements using both delivered as
well as custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.32.4. Release 12.2.4


3.32.4.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date
Currently there is a restriction wherein employees cannot be rehired before the final
process date set for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this restriction of not allowing employees to be rehired before the
final process date has been removed for the United Arab Emirates localization. Now,
terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and
prior to the final process date. The United Arab Emirates reports have been modified to
support this feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

3.33. Oracle HRMS (UK)

3.33.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.33.1.1. No Longer Need to Specify the National Identifier When Hiring


Employees in SSHR
When using Self-Service HR, the National Identifier field is no longer mandatory in the
Hire Employee process flow.
3.33.1.2. Calculate Accurate Average Earnings for Employees with Multiple
Assignments
Oracle Payroll now calculates accurate average earnings for employees with multiple
assignments when one of the assignments started after the qualifying period.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 82
3.33.1.3. Generate Accurate Payroll Calculations Subsequent to Performing a
Reverse Payroll Run
To view a payroll run in the Reversals form, you must set the session date to be on or
after the effective date of the run you want to reverse. However, this can cause conflicts
for positive offset payrolls, because you would have to set your session date to a date into
the next period. That session date would then be used to calculate the Time Period ID of
the reversal action (the period start and end dates must span the current effective date).
Oracle Payroll would then select the next Time Period ID to be the reversal Time Period
ID for a run in the prior time period.
In R12.0.3, you can now use the session date to be the date paid of the runs payroll
action (to view the run action). When you reverse it, Oracle Payroll chooses the same
Time Period ID for the reversal as for the run.
When doing a reversal with a positive offset payroll, set your session date to be equal to
the date paid (effective date) of the run you wish to reverse. This ensures the effective
date and Time Period ID are correct.
3.33.1.4. Display Accurate Details in the Payroll Summary Report
The Payments Summary Report no longer includes values from the previous pay period
when running against a positive offset payroll. This occurred when the payment date of
the previous period fell into the current period.
3.33.1.5. Accurately Employ Adjustments Against Court Order Elements
Oracle Payroll now correctly applies Replace type adjustments made against COURT
ORDER elements for the first months payroll process and all subsequent payroll runs.
3.33.1.6. Specify Average Earning Amounts for Maternity Pay
You can now manually specify average earnings in the Average Earning block on the
Statutory Payments form for rehired employees whose qualifying week fell into the
previous period of employment.
3.33.1.7. Display the Correct Week in the Pay Advice Report
For positive offset payrolls, the Pay Advice report now correctly displays the correct
week. For example, 49 for week number 49, rather than 50.
3.33.1.8. Use the Date Worked Payment Method to Pay Non-Recurring Claims
Use the Date Worked Payment method to easily pay ad-hoc hires and to support non-
recurring claims. This feature enables you to pay part-time salary and OSLA claims. If
you want to enable the Date Worked Payment Mode, you must ensure that all Claims
(Normal Claims and Retro Claims) elements have the Date Worked Input Value added.

3.33.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)

3.33.2.1. Use the New NUVOS Pension Scheme to Comply with Recent Statutory
Updates
A new legislation has come into effect from 31 July 2007 that introduces a new pension
scheme called NUVOS. All new entrants, employed within the public sector, who enroll
in a pension scheme on or after 31 July 2007, are eligible to join this new pension
scheme. Oracle HRMS supports changes to implement this new Penserver Scheme.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 83
3.33.2.2. Use the New Local Government Pension Scheme (LGPS) to Comply with
Statutory Changes
To support the statutory changes coming into effect from April 1, 2008, Oracle HRMS
for UK delivers a new method to calculate employees' pensionable pay and process
pensionable contribution for the local government pension scheme (LGPS).
With this release, Oracle HRMS calculates contractual pensionable pay for each
assignment using the applicable historic rates and other applicable calculations. The
application uses the contractual pensionable pay to process pension contribution.
3.33.2.3. Comply with Statutory Changes to P46 Car EDI
Employers are required to submit details of all company cars to the HMRC on a quarterly
basis. You can do this either on paper, using form P46 (Car) or electronically. Oracle
HRMS provides functionality to allow customers to submit the P46 (Car) information
through EDI, using the message type P46CAR.
3.33.2.4. Comply with Statutory Updates to P14 EDI
Oracle Payroll now supports changes to the P14 EDI process to comply with the HMRC
Implementation guideline document. The document requires these changes to validate the
data and output in GFF File format.
3.33.2.5. Comply with Pre-Budget Statutory Updates
On 9 October 2007, the Chancellor of the Exchequer delivered the pre-budget report. The
new figures affect certain calculations within UK payroll systems, national insurance, and
statutory payments. Oracle Payroll implements these changes with effect from 6 April
2008.
Oracle Payroll also supports changes to the calculation of PAYE, announced in the
budget statement in April 2007, with effect from 6 April 2008 to ensure continued
compliance with the UK legislation for 2008/ 2009 tax year. All UK Payroll customers
require these changes, which are as follows:
Changes to National Insurance Thresholds

Timing LEL ET UEL


Weekly 90.00 105.00 770.00
Monthly 390.00 453.00 3337.00
Yearly 4680.00 5435.00 40040.00
Changes to Basic rate- Basic Rate - 20%
Changes to Statutory Payments Rates
SSP rate - 75.40
SMP standard rate - 117.18
SAP standard rate - 117.18
SPP standard rate - 117.18
3.33.2.6. Comply with Start of Year Statutory Updates
Oracle Payroll now supports an enhanced Start of Year process to provide improved
performance and reporting.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 84
3.33.2.7. Comply with NI Rollup Statutory Updates
Oracle Payroll supports changes to the conditions for contribution rollup and LEL rollup
to comply with statutory requirements and ensure correct reporting of NI figures.
3.33.2.8. Comply with Statutory Updates to In Year Filing Reports
From 6 April 2008 there are certain changes to the business rules surrounding the
completion and issue of In-year forms. Previously, the mode of transmission for all EDI
In-year messages used the MOVDED Version 3.0 message type. This year, EDI In-year
messages use the MOVDED Version 5.0 message type. According to legislative
requirements, after 05-Apr-2008, the HMRC will reject existing processes and their
associated MOVDED 3.0 files. To support these changes, Oracle Payroll includes the
following changes:
Renamed the existing processes as follows:
P45(3) EDI Process to P45(3) EDI Process - pre 06-Apr-2008
P46 EDI Process to P46 EDI Process - pre 06-Apr-2008
Pension Notification EDI Process to Pension Notification EDI Process - pre 06-
Apr-2008
P45(1) EDI Process to P45(1) EDI Process - pre 06-Apr-2008
Oracle Payroll now supports the following new processes and their associated 5.0
message file types to support HMRC requirements effective 06-Apr-2008:
P45PT3 EDI Process
P46 EDI Process
PENNOT EDI Process
P45PT1 EDI Process
Additionally, there are updates to the current application to generate EDI reports in line
with the HMRC specifications.

3.33.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.33.3.1. Comply with Recent Statutory Changes


Statutory updates support the following:
P14 EDI - include changes to header, tax year-end, and Recipient ID as well as
changes to the Year End Reconciliation Report.
P60 Report - effective April 2009, Oracle Payoll will no longer support the Year
End P60 Report Type A, Year End P60 Report Type LE (only the postscript
format), Year End P60 Report Portrait (only the postscript format versions of the
P60 reports. You can however, continue to run the PDF format for the Year End
P60 Report Type LE (PDF) and Year End P60 Report Portrait (PDF) reports.
Pre-Budget Changes for 2009-2010 - these include changes to:
o National Insurance Thresholds
o Changes to PAYE Rates
o Changes to Statutory Payments Rates
NI - includes changes for the tax year 2009/2010 to cater to National Insurance
(NI) calculation in respect of the contracted-out rebate.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 85
In Year Filing Reports - from 6 April 2009, legislative requirements mandate
making certain changes to the validation for the EDI message types, and new
message versions will come into use (Version 6). After 05-Apr-2009, HMRC
will reject the existing processes and their associated Version 5, however you can
use this version until then. The existing processes are renamed as follows:
o P45PT3 EDI Process V5 - pre 06-Apr-2009
o P46 EDI Process V5 - pre 06-Apr-2009
o PENNOT EDI Process V5 - pre 06-Apr-2009
o P45PT1 EDI Process V5- pre 06-Apr-2009
From 06-Apr-2009, the HMRC will accept only the following newly created
processes and their associated V6 messages:
o P45PT3 EDI Process V6
o P46 EDI Process V6
o P46PEN EDI Process V6 (PENNOT)
o P45PT1 EDI Process V6\
P11D - use the updated format of the P11D and accompanying worksheets in line
with the specification for 2008-09. To comply with the HMRC's specifications
for 2008-2009 and the business requirements of the EEC1 Expenses and Benefits
Returns on Magnetic Media, Oracle Payroll now provides an updated EDI file.
The changes include:
o The calculations for 2008/09 use 365 days as a basis.
o The interest rate in the calculation of loans is now 6.10%.
o A new fuel type G available for cars capable running on E85 fuel
(bioethanol).
o A new calculation added for certain Qualifying Low Emissions Cars
(QUALECs).
Report changes - use a new A4 version of the paper form P45 effective October
2008, mandatory for all UK employers effective 6 April 2009. Oracle Payroll
now supports the following stationery types:
o P45 (Laser-Sheet)
o P45 (online) - Plain paper A4 Computer generated version
o To update and simplify the operations of the tax system, the HMRC has
introduced a new paper form, P46 (Expat) Starter Notification, effective
from 06-Apr-2009. This form enables employers to send notification to
HMRC for certain new ex-patriate employees. This form is also a part of
the mandatory electronic in-year filing for medium and large
organizations.

3.33.4. Release 12.1.2

3.33.4.1. Upgrade Latest Balance Table


With R12.1.2, Oracle Payroll for UK provides a feature for upgrading the latest balance
table to improve performance. After enabling this feature, the application maintains the
latest balance values in a single table PAY_LATEST_BALANCES instead of two tables

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 86
PAY_PERSON_LATEST_BALANCES and
PAY_ASSIGNMENT_LATEST_BALANCES.

To enable this feature, submit the concurrent process "Generic Upgrade Mechanism"
with the parameter Single Latest Balance Table Upgrade.
3.33.4.2. Partial Period Accruals
Oracle Payroll for UK now provides a feature for estimating costs when accounting
periods do not coincide with the payroll periods. Users can now include estimated costs
at the end of an accounting period and then replace these estimates with the actual costs
when they become available. This is useful when end dates for accounting periods and
payroll periods do not coincide.
3.33.4.3. Use Cash Management Integration for EFT Payments
With R12.1.2, support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management
(CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in UK. This feature enables users to
reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement.
The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based
on the payment file processes that have been run.
3.33.4.4. View Cost Allocations
Oracle Payroll for UK localization enables users to view an assignments costing details
using the View Cost Allocation Page before running the Costing process.
3.33.4.5. View Magtape Output Window
Oracle Payroll for UK localization now enables users to easily access the magnetic tape
output files (.mf and .out) from the application. To use this feature, navigate to the View
Payroll Process Results window, select the completed magtape process and click the
View Output button.
3.33.4.6. Prevent Loss of Latest Balances
From R12.1.2, the application stores the latest balances even after the balance adjustment
process is run. This improves the performance of balance retrieval in the UK localization.
There is no additional set up to be performed to use this feature.
3.33.4.7. Use Field KIT Days
Oracle Payroll for UK now provides the data changes to ensure that the field Keep in
Touch Days, on clicking opens the Additional Adoption/Maternity Details Info and not
the Additional Maternity Details Information DFF.
3.33.4.8. P6/P9 Output
The UK SOY process is now modified to ensure that the P6/P9 output report includes the
Employer PAYE Reference number. Additionally, the records in the P6/P9 output will
now be grouped by the Employer PAYE reference number.
3.33.4.9. View SOE Balances
To enable the UK users to view all the balances that are configured using the user table
SOE Balances, the restriction to display only 12 balances in the SOE has been
removed.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 87
3.33.5. Release 12.1.3

3.33.5.1. BI Publisher (eText) Reports


Three existing EDI reports are now available in BI Publisher format in addition to the
Magtape format. The following are the three EDI reports:

WNU (Works Number Update report to HMRC)


P46 New Starter Notification (in-year filing report)
P46EXPAT Starter Notification(in-year filing report)

The BI Publisher format reports will be available under the relevant processes for WNU,
P46 and P46EXPAT.

The format of the EDI files will be identical regardless of which process is used to create
them and customers still need to submit them to HMRC in the same way.
3.33.5.2. Start Of Year (SOY) Future Changes Validation check
A new feature for Start of Year process has been introduced to give users flexibility to
enable or disable the Tax code uplift process. This will allow the override of Tax Code
for assignments with an existing change on the effective date of the process. Actual
future dated changes will still cause an error. This feature is available in the Start of
Year mode of the Tax code Uplift process.

The SOY process would interpret these records as a special update cases and update the
following details regardless of any existing changes on the same date:
a) Clear down the Previous P45 figures
b) Change the tax basis
c) Change the NI director processing flag
d) Uplift the tax code

3.33.5.3. Defaulting PAYE Aggregation for Secondary Assignments


It is now possible to set the PAYE Aggregation flag by default each time a secondary
assignment is created using the system profile option HR:GB Default Aggregation.
This automated functionality behaves in the same way as when the PAYE Aggregation
flag is set manually.
3.33.5.4. School Workforce Census Reporting (Public Sector)
Public Sector customers who need to submit school census data to the Department for
Children Schools & Families (DCSF) can now use the new feature that will allow them to
create the XML files for submission. This new functionality features a new configuration
module called School Workforce Census and it allows users to map their existing data
to be extracted as per the requirements from the DCSF. The enhancement also introduces
new user interfaces and EITs to capture the data required for the census as an alternative
to the configuration module.
A new concurrent process is introduced which will extract the data and create an
exception report as well as the XML data files for the modules required by DCSF.
The five modules provided by the SWFC process are:

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 88
Basic Staff Details
Contract Details
Qualifications (optional)
Absence
LA Level count of Educational Psychologists

3.33.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4

3.33.6.1. New Manager SSHR Region to Record Evidence for Sickness Absence
A new Manager Self-Service Region is now available on the Create Absence page that
enables a manager to enter or update the Evidence information on sickness absence.
This was previously only available in the Professional User Interface for the UK
legislation.
Using this extended functionality in SSHR, managers can:
Create new Evidence information records for a sickness absence
Update existing Evidence information records for a sickness absence

3.33.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.33.7.1. Payroll Groups


Currently payrolls are processed individually. With this enhancement enterprises will
have the ability to process multiple payrolls as a group.
New User Interface is provided to define the payroll groups. Additional concurrent
programs for Payroll Run, Pre-Payments, Retropay, BACS Process, Cheque Writer
Process, Payslip Generation are delivered. These new concurrent programs contain
parameter for Payroll Group.
The existing functionality of Payroll Processes will remain the same. If only the Multi-
Payroll processes are required by an enterprise, they need to add the desired concurrent
program to the request group of the corresponding responsibility.

3.33.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.33.8.1. Ability to capture disability information in Self-Service


A new self service process flow is introduced that enables employees to enter
disability information using Employee Self Service. Once entered, the disability
information can be viewed and updated as and when required by the employee.
This enhancement provides increased capability to employees to update disability
information accurately and at their own discretion. This feature further reduces
the dependency on the HR administrator to update the information in the
professional user interface.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 89
3.33.8.2. Payroll Dashboard
The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their
payroll and assignment process information by providing them with payroll
readiness and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They can also
improve efficiency and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to monitor
payroll and assignment processes as well as run, retry or roll back payroll
processes. Administrators can easily configure the payroll readiness and
validation information according to their requirements using both delivered as
well as custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.33.8.3. Online PDF Payslip


The Online Payslip functionality enables employees to view their payslip though
Employee Self Service responsibility. Customers can configure the predefined
template to get their desired look and feel of the payslip and XML Publisher
engine produces a PDF document as output.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.33.8.4. Payroll Simulator


Users can now model employee pay slips using the new Payroll Simulator
available online. This feature can be used to quickly and accurately answer
payslip related questions and address "what-if" scenarios such as how net pay
would be impacted by altering tax related details, earnings and deductions details.
Users can also print a PDF copy of the model payslip. This feature is available
only to payroll professionals (administrators) through Self Service.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.
.

3.33.8.5. EYU Reconciliation Report


A new report named "RTI EYU Run Reconciliation Report" has been delivered.
This report gets spawned automatically when the RTI - Earlier Year Update
Process (EYU) 2014/15 Program is run. In essence, the reconciliation report
shows all the information on employees/assignments extracted onto the EDI file
and this report is similar to the one from EYU extract.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.33.9. Release 12.2

3.33.9.1. Element Register Report enabled


The Element Register Report is now available with this release from the Submit
Request window for UK HRMS. This report is added to the following request groups:

UK HRMS Reports & Processes


UK SHRMS Reports & Processes

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (UK) 90
3.33.10. Release 12.2.4
3.33.10.1. Rehire Before Final Process Date
Currently there is a restriction wherein employees cannot be rehired before the final
process date set for a previously terminated employment.
In this enhancement, this restriction of not allowing employees to be rehired before the
final process date has been removed for the United Kingdom localization. Now,
terminated employees can be rehired any time after the last standard process date and
prior to the final process date. The United Kingdom reports have been modified to
support this feature.
This is achieved by enabling the legislation rule REHIRE_BEFORE_FPD.

3.34. Oracle HRMS (US)


3.34.1. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)

3.34.1.1. Use Ethnic Categories Recognized by Agencies for EEO-1, EEO4, EEO5,
and IPEDS Reports
EEOC introduced the Ethnic Origin category Two or More Races for 2007 EEO-1
reporting. The agency reports for EE04, EEO5, and IPEDS do not recognize this category
and use the previous ethnic categories. To ensure that your reports cover all employees,
you can now run exception reports to identify and correct invalid entries. The EEO4,
EEO5, and IPEDs exception reports list the names of employees and their assignment
numbers. The exception report also cites the reason for the invalidating employee
records. After completing any missing information, you can run the final reports.
3.34.1.2. Obtain VETS-100 Reports Based on the Previous Year
When you produce the VETS-100 reports, you must create a report that covers the
previous 12 month period. To ensure that the report covers the appropriate time span, this
release replaces the date fields (Report From Date and Report To Date) with the date on
which the 12 months conclude: 12 Month Period End Date. The field change affects the
following reports:
VETS-100 Suite Of Reports
VETS-100 Veterans Employment Report
VETS-100 Consolidated Veterans Employment Report
VETS-100 Veterans Employment Report - all estabs
VETS-100 Employment Listing
Electronic VETS-100 Report
3.34.1.3. Statutory Changes to EEO-1 Paper and Magnetic Reports
EEO-1 paper and magnetic reports now include the 2007 statutory changes for Job
Category descriptions (US_EEO1_JOB_CATEGORIES) and Ethnic Categories
(US_ETHNIC_GROUP).
3.34.1.4. Control Resident Wage Accumulation and Tax Calculation
Oracle Payroll calculates tax withholding and accumulates wages based on rules provided
through the tax interface with Vertex. Changes within the Vertex tax engine significantly
improve the handling of multiple work jurisdictions and enhance the processing of

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (US) 91
reciprocity rules at state and local levels. Using the Standard or Enhanced Tax Interface,
your employees accumulate wages even when state and local taxes are not withheld.
After enabling the Enhanced Tax Interface plus Wage Accumulation, you can override
the standard behavior by setting options at the GRE and employee levels to control how
your employee's work taxes affect their taxes at residence locations as well as determine
whether wages should be accumulated at their residence location.
See: Wage Accumulation using the Enhanced Tax Interface
3.34.1.5. Use Open Plan Solution Formats for TIAA-CREF Files
In response to the adoption of Open Plan Solution (OPS) TIAA-CREFF transmission
format, you can now produce the TIAA-CREFF files using the appropriate format. The
TIAA-CREF OPS Layout report replaces the previous TIAA-CREF Transmission Report
Set.
3.34.1.6. Capture Make-up Amounts for Roth Contributions on W-2s
Under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act (USERRA),
employees who served in the military can make up retirement plan contributions.
Employees can designate after-tax investment amounts for prior years for Roth 401k and
403b. Previously, the W-2 form reported the current year amounts only for Roth 401k
and Roth 403b. Now, the W-2 displays the make-up amounts taken for prior years,
including the amount, the appropriate code (AA for Roth 401k or BB for Roth 403b), and
the designated year of the make-up amount.
This release adds two options for Roth 401k and Roth 403b to the concurrent program
Create USERRA Balances and modifies the Year End Pre-Process to archive USERRA
balances. For the generated Roth 401k and 403b elements, the Year End Pre-Process
archives the date of designated Roth contributions using the elements input value Year
of Prior Deferrals. Elements feeding the Roth USERRA 401k and 403b balances
automatically feed the standard Roth 401k and 403b balances (W2 Roth 401k and W2
Roth 403b).
3.34.1.7. Identify Initial and Subsequent Corrections on W-2Cs
When you correct a W-2, Box A, the printed form should display W-2 for the first
correction, and W-2C for all subsequent corrections. You can now choose a print
instruction when producing the correction W-2s, so that the resulting form displays W-2
in Box A for an initial correction, and C for all subsequent corrections.
3.34.1.8. Submit the Florida State Quarterly Wage Listings File in XML Format
The Florida Department of Revenue (FDOR) accepts UCT-6 Florida unemployment
compensation returns electronically using the Extensible Markup Language (XML)
format. Using Oracle HRMS, you can submit the State Quarterly Wage Listings (SQWL)
file in XML format. You can generate the Florida SQWL file by running the SQWL
concurrent manager process for Florida and send the resulting XML file (.mf file) to
FDOR. Before generating XML output, you must first complete information for the
GRE/Legal Entity in the SQWL Employer Rules (1) and SQWL States Transmission
Rules.

3.34.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)

3.34.2.1. Comply with State of Maryland - W-2 Magnetic Media Updates


Updates have been applied to comply with the State of Maryland (MD) revised RE record
specification for the State W2 magnetic media.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (US) 92
3.34.2.2. Comply with Social Security Administration Changes
Magnetic Media Reporting and Electronic Filing (MMREF) publications have been
renamed to Specifications for Filing Forms W-2 Electronically (EFW2), formerly
MMREF-1. All references to MMREF have been replaced with EFW2.
3.34.2.3. Comply with JIT and School District Updates
JIT (Jurisdiction Information Tables) and School District tables have been updated to
comply with Vertex tax changes.

3.34.3. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.34.3.1. Correctly Print Multiple Child Support Attachment Numbers and


Amounts on Third Party Checks and Third Party NACHA Output
Functionality has been enhanced to ensure that amounts and attachment numbers are
correct for third party checks and third party NACHA output when the employee has
more than one wage attachment and all are attached to the same pay method.
3.34.3.2. Override Garnishment Minimum Wage Rules and Factors to Comply with
non-Standard Involuntary Deduction Requirements
This new feature provides the flexibility to define the Minimum Wage "Rule" and
"Factor" at the Element Extra Information level and have garnishments deducted as per
the specified rule. You now have the option to use State Minimum Wage or Federal
Minimum Wage and a Factor of Federal or State Minimum Wage to comply with
consumer credit and judgment type wage attachments. As an example, you will now be
able to comply with a new consumer credit category recently instituted by the state of
Iowa that creates an exemption of 40 times Iowa minimum wage and a judgment
category that creates an exemption of 30 times Iowa minimum wage.
3.34.3.3. Create Custom BI Publisher Templates for Payroll
This new feature provides the flexibility of choosing a custom template group while
running certain XML based Payroll reports such as XML Checkwriter and Local Year
End Interface Extract.
3.34.3.4. Use New Retro Overlap Functionality
A new mechanism, Retro Overlap, has been introduced to eliminate overlaps in Retropay
processing. This mechanism uses balance adjustments to self adjust the balances within
Retropay to ensure that they are correct at the time of recalculation while also potentially
improving performance.

3.34.4. Release 12.1.2

3.34.4.1. Cash Management Integration with US Payroll for EFT (NACHA)


Reconciliation
This feature allows users to perform bank reconciliation in Oracle Cash Management for
EFT (NACHA) Payroll payments that originate in Oracle US Payroll.
3.34.4.2. Select Custom Template When Printing Employee W-2s
This feature provides the ability to select a custom W-2 template when generating and/or
printing Employee W-2s using the PDF-based Employee W-2 report. This is useful when

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (US) 93
there is a need to reprint a W-2 for an employee from a prior year using that year's W-2
layout or to generate/print out consolidated employee W-2s for record keeping purposes.
3.34.4.3. XML-Based Employer W-2 to be Filed With the State Report
Currently, users who file Employer W2s with state agencies on paper must do so using
preprinted forms from a third party. This feature will provide an XML-based report that
will produce the Employer W-2 output in PDF format. Users can now reduce costs by
printing the W-2s on blank paper without having to order preprinted forms from a third
party.

3.34.5. Release 12.1.3

3.34.5.1. Produce Printable and Customizable Online Payslips


This release introduces a new XML-based online payslip which provides printable PDF
output. The new XML template now available will make it easier for users to customize
the payslip according to their business needs. Enhancements have also been made to
improve performance when selecting online payslips.

3.34.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.34.6.1. New XML-Based Third Party Check Writer Process


The Third Party Check Writer process is now XML-based, meaning it can be used to
produce third party checks in PDF format based on either the delivered template or a
custom template according to business needs.
3.34.6.2. Override State Withholding Lines in Self Service
Payroll administrators can now override the state income tax withholding links that are
visible to employees in Self Service. This allows them to update any withholding links
that have been changed by the state and have not yet been delivered by Oracle in a patch.
Administrators may also add local withholding links if desired (these are not maintained
by Oracle).
3.34.6.3. New Override Check Date for Check Writer (XML) Report
To accommodate overriding the check date on payroll checks produced using the Check
Writer (XML) report, a new report Check Writer (XML) Override Payment Date has
been delivered which includes the additional parameter Override Check Date. This
allows payroll managers to override check dates in the event where they need to
replace/reissue a check without having to roll back costing and other payroll processes or
issue a manual payment via Accounts Payable.

3.34.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.34.7.1. Employees Can Now Model Their Paychecks Online!


Employees can now model their paycheck using the new Paycheck Modeler
available online. This a Paycheck calculator that can be used by individuals to
quickly and accurately answer paycheck related questions and address "what-if"
scenarios such as how their net pay would be impacted by an increase to their
401K deduction or by a change to their federal or state filing status from single to
married. Employees can even elect to print a PDF copy of their model paycheck

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (US) 94
results. This feature is available to both employees and payroll professionals
(administrators) via Self Service HR. Giving employees the ability to model their
own paycheck can help reduce payroll department overhead costs as well as boost
employee morale.
3.34.7.2. Employee W-2c Now Available Online
Employees can now access their W-2c copies online along with their W-2. Previously,
only employee W-2s were available online. If a corrected w-2 had to be issued, only hard
copies could be produced and mailed, resulting in longer wait times for employees. With
the W-2c being made available online, employees can now view and/or download their
corrected W-2 immediately after it has been generated.
3.34.7.3. New XML-Based Employee W-2c PDF Report More Versatile and Robust
Along with making the Employee W2-c available online, a new XML-based W-2c report
has been delivered which can be used to produce Employee W-2c PDF copies on blank
forms, thus reducing company costs if corrective W-2s need to be provided to employees.

3.34.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.34.8.1. Support for Local Employer Taxes


Currently, local employer taxes like Denver and Aurora OPT in Colorado and Tri-County
Metropolitan Transportation District "Tri-Met" employer taxes in Oregon are not
supported out of the box. Instead, customers must create their own user-defined elements
and requisite fast formulas, resulting in additional overhead costs to build and maintain.
Support for these and other select local employer taxes is now being delivered which will
help customers more easily and quickly comply with local employer taxation.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.34.8.2. Support for State Tax Levies
Unlike Federal Tax Levies, no standard rules exist for state tax levies resulting in many
different exemption and calculations that vary greatly across the fifty states. Previously
state tax levies were not supported out of the box, which put the burden on customers to
create and maintain their own state tax levy involuntary deductions. This release delivers
the necessary infrastructure to support state tax levies out of the box for all states
resulting in much needed cost savings for customers as well as reducing the potential for
costly calculation errors.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.34.8.3. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their
payroll and assignment process information by providing them with payroll
readiness, analysis and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They
can also improve efficiency and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to
monitor payroll and assignment processes as well as run, retry or roll back payroll
processes. Administrators can easily configure the payroll readiness, analysis and
validation information according to their requirements using both delivered as well
as custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle HRMS (US) 95
3.34.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.34.9.1. Support for Local Pre-tax Taxability Rules


Taxability rules are now supported at the local level for the pre-tax deduction category.
Prior to now, payroll taxability rules were only delivered at the federal and state level
requiring customers to maintain their own local taxability rules if they differed from state
level. With pre-tax taxability rules now being delivered by Oracle, a lot less custom
maintenance is required resulting in much needed cost savings to the payroll
administrator.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.34.9.2. Electronic Payments for State Tax Levies


State tax levy payments for the states of Minnesota and Wisconsin can now be handled
electronically in order to comply with those states' requirements.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.34.9.3. Simplified Employee Tax Record Display


The employee tax rules form has been enhanced to only display those records that are in
effect on a given date (i.e. the date to which the user is tracked in the payroll system)
thereby simplifying and streamlining the payroll user's view of the employee's tax record
data.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.34.9.4. Streamlined W-2 and 1099-R Electronic Filing


For federal, state and local government agencies that accept W-2 (EFW2 format) or
1099-R electronic or magnetic media files, there are "fold" requirements (i.e. formatting
such as carriage returns and/or line feeds) in order for employers to properly submit the
file. When running the processes that generate these output files, there is now an option
to have them formatted automatically without requiring any manual intervention.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.34.9.5. Enhanced Payroll Dashboard


With this release, Oracle Payroll Dashboard now offers the payroll administrator an even
greater line of sight into newly hired employees and other critical payroll readiness
details. Additional improvements to process monitoring coupled with enhanced Payroll
analytics give payroll professionals a deeper view into their payroll data. An overall boost
to performance complemented by a more intuitive user.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.35. Oracle iRecruitment


3.35.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.35.1.1. Automatically Enroll New Hires into Compensation Plans Included in


their Jobs Offers
Until now, when HR professionals hired iRecruitment applicants as employees, they
manually enrolled the new hires in the compensation plans offered to them. In this

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 96
release, HR professionals can automatically enroll new hires in the compensation plans
included in their offer letters by running the new iRecruitment Create Enrollment
Process. This program processes the compensation plans associated with an offer and
creates the enrollment records for the employee.

3.35.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.35.2.1. Use the Changed Vacancy Status Field When Creating or Updating
Vacancies
With this release, the following values are not available to managers in the Status field,
when they update or search for vacancies:
Pending
Unapproved
Rejected
3.35.2.2. Reconsider Terminated Applications
Recruiters and hiring managers can now reconsider applications that have been
terminated by error or the applications that need to be reconsidered. Recruiters will be
able to reconsider terminated applications using the Candidate Application Details page.
3.35.2.3. View Annualized Salary Details When Creating or Updating Offers
When managers create or update offers, the Salary Information region now displays
annualized salary and annualized FTE salary based on the selected salary basis and the
proposed salary. iRecruitment considers the work hours and work frequency of the
applicant while calculating the annualized salary. For example, you are creating an offer
for an applicant for the position of a Manager position in Vision Corporation. The default
work hours of this business group is 40 and work hours frequency is Week. You select an
hourly salary basis where the hourly salary rate is $50. iRecruitment calculates the
annualized salary as (40 * 52 * 50) = 104000 and the annualized FTE salary as (40 * 52 *
50) = 104000. If the applicant chooses to work 20 hours per week for the hourly salary
rate of $50, then the annualized salary would be calculated as (20*52*50) = 52,000.
This enhancement helps managers to enter correct salary for their offers.
3.35.2.4. Warn Managers Or Display an Error Message if an Active Offer Exists
During Offer Extension
Changes to the IRC: Allow Multiple Offers for Candidate profile option enable you to
define the appropriate setting for managers or recruiters when they try to extend more
than one offer to an applicant. If an active offer exists for an applicant, then you can warn
managers that an offer already exists for that applicant by setting the profile option value
to Warning. You can also prevent managers from extending more than one offer to an
applicant by setting the profile option value to Error. When managers search for an
applicant to create an offer, they can verify whether an active offer exists for that
applicant using the Active Offer Exists column on the View Applicants page.
3.35.2.5. View Offer Status and Offer Last Update Date for Applicants
On the View Applicants page, managers or recruiters can view the offer status for
applicants. This page also displays the last update date for offers. This benefits managers,
as they need not drill down to the Candidate Details page to view the offer status.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 97
3.35.2.6. View Offer Approval History
Recruiters or managers can view the approval history of an offer at any stage in the offer
process. The offer approval history details include the offer status, offer approver,
approver type, approval status, approval date, and any comments on the offer. Recruiters
can view the offer approval history using the Offers Workbench page. They can click the
Approvers icon to view the approval history. For individual applications, managers can
view the offer approval history in the Offers tabbed region of the Candidates Details
page.
3.35.2.7. Search for Closed Offers
Recruiters can now search for offers that are closed with the following reasons:
Applicant declined acceptance
Applicant hired
Applicant withdrew application
Manager closed offer
Manager terminated application
Offer accepted by applicant
Offer declined by applicant
Offer expired
Offer rejected by approver
Offer withdrawn
3.35.2.8. Withdraw Offers
iRecruitment now enables recruiters and hiring managers to withdraw offers extended to
applicants. When applicants decline offers after acceptance managers can record this
information using the Applicant Declined Acceptance page.
Recruiters or hiring managers can withdraw offers that are the following statuses:
Pending for Approval
Pending Extend Duration
Returned for Correction
Approved
Extended
Hold
Closed, with offer reasons as Offer Accepted by Applicant or Offer Declined by
Applicant

3.35.3. Release 12.1.1

3.35.3.1. Interview Management


Oracle iRecruitment delivers the Interview Management functionality that enables
enterprises to manage the entire interview cycle in their recruitment process. Using the
Interview Management functionality, recruiters and hiring managers can:

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 98
Schedule multiple rounds of job interviews for an applicant or for multiple
applications for a vacancy.
Select the members of the interview team and define the primary interviewer if
there are multiple interviewers for a particular round of interview. Interviewers
must be part of the recruitment team for the vacancy.
Maintain interview information such as the interview schedule, contact
information, and details about the interviewers.
Provide feedback about the interview, add interview notes, and enter the result of
the interview.
Reschedule, cancel, or place an interview on hold.
Recruiters, hiring managers, and interviewers can view the summary of their interviews
on the My Interviews region of the iRecruitment home page. The My Interviews region
displays interview details for the next N number of days.
3.35.3.2. Recruitment Communications
The recruitment process involves communication between recruiters, hiring managers,
and candidates, for example, communication about the status of applications and
additional instructions about interview schedules, or clarification about job applications.
These are critical from a record-keeping standpoint.
Using the Recruitment Communications functionality, recruiters and hiring managers can
communicate with recruiting team members, candidates, and agencies individually or as a
group. They can initiate a topic or message and add recipients to it and can send
messages to single or multiple applicants. The recipients receive notifications for these
messages. The recipients can respond to these messages from the Communication tab of
the Job Application details page. Additionally, users can attach documents to the
messages.
The recruiters and hiring managers can configure the communication properties at the
vacancy level. If processing the job applications is complete for a vacancy, then they
can close the communication.
3.35.3.3. Employee Referrals
For many enterprises, employee referrals are one of the most efficient and effective
sources of candidates. The Employee Referrals functionality enables:
The recruiters or hiring managers to mark vacancies eligible for employee
referral.
The employees to create candidate profiles, and refer candidates to vacancies
available for referrals.
The employees to create candidate profiles and refer their candidates to managers
who in turn can pursue the candidates for suitable vacancies.
The candidates to provide the reference of an employee while creating their
profiles or submitting job applications.
Recruiters and hiring managers to search for candidates who are referred by
employees.
3.35.3.4. Notifications for New Job Applications and Application Status Changes
Oracle iRecruitment enables the enterprises to define their own FYI notification rules (in
Oracle Approval Management (AME)) for actions performed in the iRecruitment
application.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 99
By default, managers, candidates, and recruiters receive these FYI notifications.
Enterprises can configure the Approvals Management rules to determine the recipients.
iRecruitment provides predefined notifications that notify:
The vacancy managers or recruiters and applicants about the application status
changes.
The vacancy managers or recruiters when new job applications are submitted for
their vacancies.
3.35.3.5. Enhanced Searches
iRecruitment provides the following additional search capabilities for recruiters,
managers, and agency users. They can search:
Vacancies based on Professional Area.
Applicants based on multiple application statuses.
Applicants based on any of the Phone Numbers available in the candidate
profile.
3.35.3.6. Attachments in Vacancy and Offers
Recruiters and hiring managers can now add attachments to vacancies and offers. They
can control the access to the documents by adding separate documents for internal users
such as members of the recruiting team and for external users such as applicants.
However, managers and recruiters can view both internal and external documents.
3.35.3.7. Dashboards for Hiring Manager and Recruiter
To know the recruitment progress, hiring managers and recruiters require a summary of
their recent recruitment transactions without having to perform multiple searches.
iRecruitment provides a dashboard on the iRecruitment Home page for hiring managers
and recruiters that gives direct access to the recent vacancies, new applications for
vacancies, and recently created or updated offers. Managers and recruiters can view
recruitment information for a specific time period using the last N number of days. They
can also view scheduled interviews for the next N number of days.
Managers or recruiters can use the Recruitment Summary link on the home page to
review recruitment summary information like number of vacancies, vacancies filled,
offers accepted grouped by their direct reports, recruiters and organizations. Managers or
recruiters can drill down from this Recruitment Summary page to the relevant vacancy,
application, or offer details pages. iRecruitment displays the recruitment summary details
based on the responsibility that a manager or a recruiter uses.
3.35.3.8. Reconsider Terminated Applications
Recruiters and hiring managers can now reconsider the applications that have been
terminated by error or the applications that need to be reconsidered. Recruiters can
reconsider one or more terminated applications, from the View Applicants page.
Candidates who have voluntarily withdrawn their applications or whose applications have
been terminated by recruiters can now request for reconsideration of their applications
from the Job Application Details page. Recruiters or hiring managers can review the
requests and reconsider these applications.
3.35.3.9. Offer Withdrawal
Recruiters and hiring managers can now withdraw offers that are at any of the following
offer statuses:

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 100
Pending for Approval
Pending Extend Duration
Returned for Correction
Approved
Extended
Hold
Closed: Offer Accepted by Applicant
Closed: Offer Declined by Applicant.
Recruiters and hiring managers can record the applicant response on Revoking
Acceptance after the applicant accepts the offer.

3.35.4. Release 12.1.2


In this release, Oracle iRecruitment aims at providing better user experience, introduces
WEB 2.0 features like RSS FEEDS and enhancements that improve recruitment
processes.

3.35.4.1. Create External User Accounts for Candidate Records Created by


Managers and Recruiters
Oracle iRecruitment now provides an option to create a new external user account for
candidates whose profiles are created by managers and recruiters. This option brings in
greater flexibility for these candidates to maintain and manage their user account similar
to external candidates. A new profile option drives the creation of the external user
account for candidates created by managers and recruiters.
Candidates registered by the manager or recruiter receive login credentials to log in to the
iRecruitment Visitor site. Using these details, candidates can search for jobs, apply for
jobs, view the interview schedules, and manage their account online easily.
3.35.4.2. Use RSS Feeds links when searching for Jobs
Site visitors and external candidates can subscribe to the RSS Feeds that allows users to
get updated information automatically on vacancies or jobs straight to their desktop,
without having to visit the client application.
Site visitors and external candidates, can subscribe to the RSS feeds after performing a
job search. When candidates subscribe to these feeds, they can view the newly created or
updated information that match the criteria provided during the feed subscription directly
on their RSS feeds reader.
3.35.4.3. Use Hyperlinks in the Notifications to Navigate to iRecruitment Pages
Hyperlinks to the relevant transaction pages are provided on the notification messages.
Using these hyperlinks, users can navigate to the actual application pages directly from
the notifications messages. For example, when a candidate receives a notification for a
communication message, the candidate can directly click the hyperlink to navigate to the
communication details page and reply to the message.
3.35.4.4. View Interview iCalendar file (.ics file) Attachments in Notifications
When interview events are scheduled for applicants, an iCalendar file (.ics) containing
the schedule information is attached to the notification messages. Users can thus export
the interview details in the iCalendar file into their calendar applications that support the

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 101
.ics format. This feature enables them to monitor their upcoming interview events easily
in their calendar application.
3.35.4.5. View Salary Amounts in the Corporate Currency
Oracle iRecruitment now provides the ability to view the salary in the corporate currency.
A new read-only field is available to recruiters, hiring managers, agency users and
approvers in the create or update vacancy, create or update offer, and other vacancy and
offer view pages. This field provides salary information after converting it into the
Corporate Currency. For example, if the proposed salary amount is entered as 5,000
USD and the Corporate Currency is set as GBP, then the corresponding value will be
displayed as 3085.905 GBP (assuming the conversion rate is set as: 1 USD = 0.61 GBP).
3.35.4.6. View Resume and Documents on iRecruitment pages
Recruiters, hiring managers, and offer approvers can view:
The resume and supporting documents uploaded at the application stage.
Other latest supporting documents uploaded as of the system date.
This feature empowers them to have the accurate details of the candidates profile during
the job application stage and the latest. A new region is available in the create or update
offer review, offer approval notification, and application details pages. This region
provides the details of the resume and documents uploaded at the time of submitting the
job application and the latest supporting documents available as of the system date. User
can preview or download the documents directly from these pages.
3.35.4.7. Provide comments while withdrawing job applications or terminating job
applications
iRecruitment now enables:
a) Applicants to provide comments when they withdraw their job applications
b) Managers, recruiters and agency users to provide comments when they terminate
job applications in the recruitment process.
c) Managers and recruiters receive a notification along with the withdrawal
comments.
Also, Request Reconsideration feature that is used by the applicants for requesting
reconsideration of their terminated applications will be displayed only for self withdrawn
applications. This feature will not be available for manager or recruiter terminated
applications.
3.35.4.8. Use Document type restriction for file uploads
Currently, when an applicant uploads a document such as a resume or a cover letter,
iRecruitment does not validate the document file type being uploaded. This makes the
system vulnerable from files that contain destructive code.
iRecruitment now provides an extensible lookup to control the document types that can
be uploaded. When the user uploads any other document type other than the ones
configured, the system displays an error, thus restricting the document types for upload.
3.35.4.9. View Job Details and Candidate Details in Popup windows on iRecruitment
pages
External candidates can view the basic details of the job such as job requirements, skills
required, salary details etc in a pop-up window when they hover-over the Job Name.
Managers and recruiters can view the basic details of the candidate such as Work
preferences, Skills, Qualifications, Previous employment details etc in a popup window,

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 102
when they hover-over the Candidate Name. Candidate details pop-up is now available in
all the Candidate search pages: Prospect Pool, Individuals, Resume, and Applicants and
View Applicant pages. Users can use these pop-ups and avoid drill downs to detail pages
to review candidate and job information.
3.35.4.10. Record Notes on Applicants
Recruiters and Hiring Managers can now record notes and comments using the inline
attachments feature. Using inline attachments, users can view and add notes in the popup
window by hovering over the attachments icon. Apart from text they can also add URL
references and files as notes. This feature has been enabled out of the box in the
Applicants Search and View Applicants pages.

3.35.5. Release 12.1.3

3.35.5.1. Candidate Profile


Oracle iRecruitment now provides hiring managers and recruiters a user-friendly single
page interface with all relevant candidate details. The Candidate Profile page presents a
comprehensive picture of candidates and applicants and helps them analyze the candidate
vs. the applicant pool.
The Candidate Profile feature enables Recruiters and Hiring Managers to:
View candidate or applicant profile information
View Application Details
View Applicant Pool Analysis, which provides information on how well the
candidate fits a particular vacancy in comparison with the others in the Applicant
Pool, in terms of skill requirements, assessment scores and salary expectation.
Print candidate profiles
Generate profile comparison reports of applicants
The Candidate Profile page presents the information in three regions namely Candidate
Details, Application details and Applicant Pool Analysis. Each of the regions facilitates
quick and sophistication in processing candidature and applications. This minimizes the
number of clicks and improves the productivity of recruiters.
3.35.5.2. Find Duplicates
Duplicate records can occur when candidates register more than once and submit job
applications to vacancies using different methods. Having the same candidate referenced
with multiple accounts is confusing and introduces inconsistency and redundancy in
processing the same candidature multiple times.
iRecruitment now provides an easy way for recruiters to find duplicate profiles that exist
in the system using predefined search criteria. Using the Find Duplicates functionality,
recruiters can perform a find duplicates search and link duplicates profiles that exist in
the system. Once linked, recruiters and hiring managers can review information of all the
duplicate profiles from any one of the candidate details page.
3.35.5.3. HR-XML 2.5 Compliance for Job Board Posting
Oracle iRecruitment is now compliant with the HR-XML version 2.5 for Job Board
Postings.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 103
Enterprises can use this feature to post vacancies on to Recruiting Sites of third-party job
board vendors that have adopted the HR-XML 2.5 standards. iRecruitment generates an
XML compliant with the 2.5 version.
3.35.5.4. Salary Basis and/or Proposed Salary fields non-mandatory
Currently, in iRecruitment, when an offer is created for an applicant, both the Salary
Basis and Proposed Salary fields are mandatory. When the Proposed Salary field is
entered, a pay proposal is created for the candidate. This forces the customer to
administer pay using Salary Administration only, though Oracle HRMS offers many
other ways to remunerate employees.
Oracle iRecruitment now provides organizations with the flexibility to decide if
candidates hired through iRecruitment should have their pay administered using Salary
Administration or not. By configuring a system defined profile option, organizations can
choose to either make both the Salary Basis and Proposed Salary fields as non-mandatory
or to make the Salary Basis and Proposed Salary fields as mandatory. They can also
enable the Salary Basis and Proposed Salary fields based on job, position, grade or
organization attributes.
3.35.5.5. Dated Updates for Application Statuses
Currently, application status updates done in iRecruitment take the system date as
effective date. But, recruiters and managers cannot always make these changes on the
date the event actually happens.
With this release, iRecruitment provides a new feature to Recruiters and Hiring Managers
to specify the effective date for each application status update. So with this change,
managers can accurately disposition the records in iRecruitment.
3.35.5.6. Offer related changes for Employee Applicants
When a manager creates an offer for an employee applicant in iRecruitment, the
Compensation page now displays the details of the ICD plans that the employee is
currently enrolled in. These details help the recruiting manager to make an informed
decision on compensation given as part of the offer. The Review page also provides a
comparison between the current employee assignment and the proposed offer assignment.

3.35.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4

3.35.6.1. View Application Details of a Hired Applicant


Hiring managers and recruiters can now view application details of hired applicants. This
change helps managers and recruiters to view:
Complete job application history of a hired applicant
Referral details to award referral bonuses
All applications submitted by an applicant including the hired application
Other additional information and enterprise specific details configured via
flexfields.
3.35.6.2. Initiate Self Service HR Applicant Hire Process from Offers
To hire iRecruitment applicants, hiring managers and recruiters can now initiate the
hiring process directly from the iRecruitment application. This enables hiring managers
and recruiters to initiate the applicant hire process from the offer details page instead of
navigating to Oracle HRMS or Oracle SSHR to hire iRecruitment applicants.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 104
3.35.6.3. Dynamically populate the Vacancy and Application Status LOVs in
iRecruitment
Enterprises can now configure the list of valid Vacancy, Application Status, and
Application Status Change Reasons using user tables. It is now possible to dynamically
populate the vacancy status LOV based on the current status of the vacancy. For
example, using user tables the system can be configured to populate the vacancy statuses
LOV with Closed, Hold or Under Review statuses, when the current status of the vacancy
is Approved .
The steps involved in configuring the user tables to dynamically populate the Vacancy
status LOV include:

- Creating a user table, for example: IRC_VACANCY_STATUS_UT


- Creating two columns, for example: IRC _CURR_STATUS_COLUMN and
IRC _NEXT_STATUS_COLUMN
- Creating the required statuses in the VACANCY_STATUS lookup
- Creating the mapping between the current status and possible status.

Enterprises can employ similar approach for dynamically populating the LOVs for
Vacancy Statuses, Application Statuses and Application status change reasons.

3.35.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.35.7.1. Access to internal job site for contingent workers


With this release, Contingent Workers can search and apply for internal jobs using
iRecruitment. Contingent workers can track their job applications, interview schedules,
communicate with the recruiters, and receive job offers online.
Enterprises can assign the iRecruitment Employee Candidate responsibility or, any
custom employee candidate responsibility having appropriate Employee Candidate
permissions. Depending on the business requirements, enterprises can enable contingent
workers to apply for internal, external or both internal and external jobs.

3.35.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.35.8.1. Applicant Time Resume


With this release iRecruitment provides an option for hiring managers, recruiters, and
agency Users to view resumes uploaded at the time of submitting job applications.
Document uploaded at the time of Job application is referred as Application Time
Document. Prior to this release, latest resume for the application was displayed in the
View Applicant page. Two new Application Time Resume and Application Time Resume
Preview columns are available on the pages to enable managers or recruiters to view
resumes added by applicants at the time of job application. These columns are hidden by
default and can be enabled using the OAF Personalization feature. Users can enable these
columns by setting the appropriate property to True in personalization page.
3.35.8.2. Administer Assessment in Multiple Languages
With this release assessments can be created and administered in more than one language.
Candidates can attempt the registration or application test based on their preferred
language, if the assessment is configured for their preferred language. iRecruitment
displays assessment results based on the language the candidate has attempted the test. In

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 105
addition to the assessment results, they can preview applicants' resumes or download
resumes to gather further information.
3.35.8.3. View All Scheduled Interviews
From this release onwards, iRecruitment users like hiring manager or recruiting team
member can view the interview schedules for all the vacancies they are involved in,
irrespective of the responsibility they have chosen to log in.
The Interviews region in the Manager or Recruiter home page, displays interviews for all
vacancies that managers or recruiters are involved in, as hiring managers or recruiters or
members of the recruiting team.
3.35.8.4. Upload Offer Letters When Creating or Updating Offers
Oracle iRecruitment now enables a manager or recruiter to upload a manually created
offer letter when creating or updating an offer. Prior to this release, manual upload of offer
letter was possible only after the offer was approved and from the Offers Workbench
functionality.
With this change, managers or recruiters can create offer letters manually, click the
Upload button on the View Offer Letter page when they create or update offers and
upload the offer letter. However, if an offer that has a manually uploaded offer letter is
saved for a later date, then the manager must upload the offer letter again when the offer
transaction is processed from the Save for Later table.
3.35.8.5. View Complete Interview Location Address Details
With this release, the interview notifications that applicants and interviewers receive in
iRecruitment display the complete location address details.
3.35.8.6. Control the Ability of Managers to Apply for Vacancies Created by
Subordinate Employees in Their Supervisor Hierarchy
Enterprises can control the ability of managers to apply for vacancies created by
employees in their supervisor hierarchy using the new IRC: Allow job application in
subordinate hierarchy profile option.
3.35.8.7. Auto Complete Disabled for Certain Fields in iRecruitment
Prior to this release, the entries made in the web browser when using iRecruitment were
retained and the previously made entries were visible. In this release, to protect user
information and enforce security, the auto complete feature is disabled in some of the
iRecruitment pages and fields.
3.35.8.8. Enter Key Mapped with Go Button for Specific Fields in iRecruitment
To improve user interaction, the Enter key is mapped to Go button for specific fields in a
few iRecruitment pages. Users can press Enter key instead of clicking the Go button.
When the user presses the Enter key from specific text fields, submit or search happens
automatically without user intervention.

3.35.8.9. Avoid Issues When Using DMZ Instance for iRecruitment


In a DMZ enabled instance for iRecruitment, accessing iRecruitment Style Sheets and
DTD from OA_HTML directory may cause issues during candidate registration, resume
parsing, background check, and job postings to third-party recruiting sites. If you are using
a DMZ enabled instance for iRecruitment, then you can set the IRC: Avoid accessing
stylesheets during URL formation profile option to avoid such issues. This profile allows
reading the style sheet content directly from the file system instead of reading it through a

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment 106
URL formed using the Application Framework Agent, thereby preventing any connection
issues.

3.35.9. Release 12.2

3.35.9.1. Multi Location Vacancy


Oracle iRecruitment now enables enterprises to create a vacancy with multiple locations,
instead of creating multiple vacancies for each location.
The multi location vacancy feature enables hiring managers and recruiters to:
Create a vacancy in multiple countries and locations
Create a vacancy with multiple locations in one country
Generate and extend offers in the desired country, after processing the job
applications.
The multi location vacancy feature enables candidates to:
Search for jobs based on any of the locations identified for the vacancy
Choose their location preference while submitting job applications.

3.36. Oracle iRecruitment Extensions for Endeca

3.36.1. Release 12.1.3+

3.36.1.1. Job Search for Candidates


Oracle iRecruitment is now integrated with Oracle Endeca Server, a Hybrid Search
and Analytics Database to provide site visitors and registered users a fast and
intuitive search interface to search and filter available job information. Site visitors
or registered users can use the Oracle Endeca search feature in the iRecruitment
Home page to search for jobs using Links, Advanced Search, and Keywords
Search. Oracle iRecruitment Extensions for Oracle Endeca Job Search integration
enhances the user experience of job search as it makes use of the in-memory data
of the Endeca server.

Site visitors and registered users can:


Use the Oracle Endeca search region in the Job: Available Jobs to filter and search
for jobs based on various attributes.
Refine job searches quickly through guided navigation or filters. They can filter
down to a specific job very quickly.
View the search results in Job List tab.
Select listed jobs and compare jobs for further analysis.
Print job details.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle iRecruitment Extensions for Endeca 107
The Oracle Endeca search region in iRecruitment can be enabled by setting the
IRC: Enable Endeca Search Integration profile option to Yes. If this profile is set
to No, then iRecruitment displays the existing OAF based search user interface.

3.37. Oracle International HR and Payroll

3.37.1. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.37.1.1. Support for Payroll Archiver


The Payroll Archiver is a Multi-threaded core functionality and it is used to create a
snapshot of information based on existing pre-payment actions, which then forms the
data source for post payroll processes like Check Writer and Online Payslip.
3.37.1.2. Online Payslip
The Online Payslip functionality enables the employees to view their payslip though
Employee Self Service Responsibility. Customers can configure the seeded template to
get their desired look and feel of the payslip and XML Publisher engine will produce a
PDF document as output.
3.37.1.3. Rehire before FPD

This feature allows Internal Payroll customers to rehire the employees before the final
process date.
3.37.1.4. Direct Deposit
The Direct Deposit Process enables the Customer to Process the Payment Method of the
type Magnetic Payments. It generates an XML file with the Employer details, Employee
details and Payment information. The XML Publisher engine can then combine this XML
file with an rtf template to generate eText file. Customers can merge the XML file with
the template of respective bank to generate the Magnetic file.
3.37.1.5. Support for Enhanced Retro Pay
This feature enables Enhanced retroactive calculation mechanism for International
Payroll Product.
3.37.1.6. Payroll Exception Report

Payroll Exception Reports is used to identify variations in payroll balances early in the
payroll cycle. It also provides a UI to create a report to view any balance and dimension
without writing any code.
3.37.1.7. View Balance SS Page
This is a self service based page which gives users ability to view the Employee balances
in a date mode. The page provides various options for viewing the balances like
Assignment/person level balance view, different dimensions like ptd,mtd,ytd etc to view
the details.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle International HR and Payroll 108
3.38. Oracle Labor Distribution

3.38.1. Release 12.0.3 (RUP3)

3.38.1.1. Use Employee Work Schedules to Distribute and Encumber Labor Costs
In Oracle Labor Distribution, Monday to Friday are considered business days and the
labor cost is distributed only on these days even if an employee works during a Saturday
or a Sunday. Employees in an organization may work on varying schedules; for example,
an employee may work Saturday through Wednesday, and another may work Monday
through Friday. With this new functionality customers can have Oracle Labor
Distribution distribute and encumber labor costs based on the work schedules of the
employees.
Customers can also configure Oracle Labor Distribution to distribute and encumber the
hours an employee worked during a payroll time period. They can import any element
containing hours and costed in Oracle Payroll into Oracle Labor Distribution to distribute
the costs using this new feature.
3.38.1.2. Set Up Clearing Accounts for Multiple Payrolls
Labor Distribution administrators can now set up clearing accounts for multiple payrolls
in Oracle Labor Distribution. This feature is useful if, for example, your organization has
business units or operating companies with a need to maintain separate transactions. You
can now set up those clearing accounts at the payroll level in Oracle Labor Distribution to
accurately identify the transactions of each payroll. With this enhancement, each payroll
can have a dedicated clearing account for use with Oracle Labor Distribution thus
enabling you to reconcile the clearing accounts with ease.
3.38.1.3. Process Payroll Reversals, Balance Adjustments, and Retroactive
Payments More Easily
Oracle Labor Distribution imports reversals, balance adjustments, and retroactive
payments when you import a regular payroll run. As a Labor Distribution administrator,
you only need to run the PSP: Import Payroll Transactions once to import a regular
payroll along with other payroll actions for reversals, balance adjustments and retroactive
payments that you costed in Oracle Payroll. In addition, you only need to run the PSP:
Create Distribution Lines process and PSP: Summarize and Transfer Payroll Distribution
process once to distribute and transfer all the imported transactions.
3.38.1.4. Specify Accounting Dates When Transferring Distribution Lines to Oracle
General Ledger, Oracle Projects, and Oracle Grants Accounting
As an implementer, you now have the flexibility to specify the accounting date that
Oracle Labor Distribution must use when transferring distribution lines into Oracle
General Ledger.
3.38.1.5. Use Parameter Sets to Run Scheduling and Distribution Reports More
Easily
To simplify the process of generating reports, Oracle Labor Distribution now enables you
to use parameter sets in all the scheduling and distribution reports. For example, if you
frequently run the Distribution History by Organization report where you need to select
one or more organizations, then you can create a parameter set to store the organizations.
You can use the parameter set in the process to quickly run the report.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Labor Distribution 109
3.38.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP5)

3.38.2.1. Rollback Create Distribution Lines Process for All Periods by Providing
the Highest Time Period Name
When you import multiple periods together, the Create Distribution Lines process runs
only on the maximum time period among them and automatically pulls in all the other
periods. However, the Rollback CDL process needed the periods separately to do a
rollback. With this release, you can enter the higher time period name to rollback CDL
for all other periods as well. This is useful to rollback CDL for multiple periods that you
imported together. To accommodate this change, the application now uses the rollback
based on the maximum time period value in the Rollback Concurrent Program, which in
turns rolls back the child periods as well.
3.38.2.2. Use New Predefined Salary Cap Rates
You can now use new predefined salary cap rates for 2008. You use salary caps for
sponsors to enable the Create Distribution Lines process to determine excess funds.
3.38.2.3. Control the Behavior of the Import Process
With this release, you can use the Ignore Date Earned in element entries configuration
option to control the behavior of the Import Process to Labor Distribution. To enable
distribution to happen based on pay period start and end dates, you can set the
configuration option to Yes. To enable distributions based on element entry date earned
values, you can set the configuration option to No.

3.38.3. Release 12.1.1

3.38.3.1. Integration with Award Distribution Functionality in Grants Accounting


This is an enhancement to integrate Labor Distribution with Award Distribution /
Funding Pattern functionality. The Award Distribution functionality in Oracle Grants
Accounting enables users to define funding pattern for a project and task combination.
The funding pattern saves data entry time since users do not have to select an award when
defining a labor schedule. It also results in less data maintenance since the award
distribution setup is maintained in one central location.

3.38.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.38.4.1. Archive and Retrieval processes for Pre-Gen Distribution Interface


PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INTERFACE table stores all the records that are part of Pre-Gen
batches created in Labor Distribution product, irrespective of the validity and the status of
the records. This causes performance problems when the data is queried from the UI,
especially when data grows huge on long runs. Hence, this requires a set of archive and
retrieve processes to reduce the volume of the data on this transaction table
PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INTERFACE and to pull back the data on to the table on
demand.
Set of Archive and Retrieval processes have been created for this purpose, namely PSP:
Archive Pre-Gen Distribution Interface and PSP: Retrieve Pre-Gen Distribution
Interface. These processes archive the data to the archival table
PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INT_ARCH and retrieve the data back to transaction table
PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INTERFACE when ever required. Thus the performance is

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Labor Distribution 110
improved on the PRE-GEN form while querying records yet to be transferred to
PSP_PRE_GEN_DIST_LINES table.

3.38.5. Release 12.2.4

3.38.5.1. Quick Pay Archiver Process for International HRMS Users

With this release, the Quick Pay Archive is enabled for International HRMS localization.
Users can run this process for one assignment. Additionally, if the Payroll Archiver
(International Payroll) process errors for some assignments, the process can be run only
for those assignments without rolling back of the entire process.

.
Set of Archive and Retrieval processes have been created for this purpose, namely PSP:
Archive Pre-Gen Distribution Interface and PSP: Retrieve Pre-Gen Distribution
Interface. These processes archive the data to the archival table
PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INT_ARCH and retrieve the data back to transaction table
PSP_DISTRIBUTION_INTERFACE when ever required. Thus the performance is
improved on the PRE-GEN form while querying records yet to be transferred to
PSP_PRE_GEN_DIST_LINES table.

3.39. Oracle Learning Management

3.39.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2)

3.39.1.1. Check Duplicate Contacts for External Learners


In Learning Management Release 12, if a learners name is manually entered in the
Enrollment Details Form, as opposed to being selected from a list of values (LOV), there
is a possibility that a duplicate contact entry will be created due to a missing validation
check on manual entries. With RUP2, a validation has been added to check for matching
names. When a duplicate entry is identified, the administrator will receive a warning
message and the new contact will only be created if approved by the administrator.

3.39.2. Release 12.0.5 (RUP4)

3.39.2.1. Use Keywords to Search for Courses in OLM


In addition to the course name, the basic search and advanced search features now use
keywords to search for courses. A new 'Keyword' search field is available on the
Advanced Search page.

3.39.3. Release 12.1.1

3.39.3.1. Learners Can View Catalog Attachments


Administrators can now present more information to the learner or instructor about the
courses, offerings and classes using attachments. Administrators can provide detailed

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 111
course descriptions; instructor presentations; hotel descriptions; pre course material; and
instructor notes as attachments.
On the course, offering and class level, administrators can attach files, provide URLs and
enter text as attachments to courses, offerings and classes. These attachments are visible
to the learners or instructors before and after enrollment in a class in the Additional
information section.
When adding an attachment, administrators can define who can view the attachments
using the following categories:
Comments
Learner
Instructor
Learners can view the attachments at the level where they are attached (course, offering,
or class).
Instructors can view the attachments for the classes for which they are instructors.
3.39.3.2. Free Text Question Type
Free text question is a new question type that allows learners to provide elaborate
responses rather than a simple yes or no.
There are two major areas where this new question type can be used:
Assess learners knowledge of a complex topic by evaluating the free text
responses. The answer will be evaluated by the instructor.
In surveys and course evaluation to gather feedback on questions such as, "Other
comments", "What would you like to see in this course in the future" and "What
was your general impression of the course.
This new question type does not have a finite number of correct answers, which means it
cannot be scored by the system. The idea is that instructors or administrators can ask
more general questions and learners can give elaborate responses. Instructors can decide
whether the answers should influence the result of the test.
3.39.3.3. Mandatory Enrollment
The mandatory enrollment feature enables enterprises to ensure that workers enroll in
mandatory training. Administrators can make a class mandatory to a specific learner,
learner group, organization, job, position or a combination of these.
Not only will learners who qualify today be automatically enrolled, also learners who will
qualify at a later time will be automatically enrolled.
Mandatory enrollment can be used for both self-paced and scheduled training and
especially for e learning. This feature enables enterprises to provide everyone in the
organization access to an e-learning course or "e-information".
To make learner enrollment in a class mandatory, administrators must select the new
Mandatory Enrollment check box on the Add Learner Access page. Learners cannot
unenroll themselves from a mandatory enrollment.
An enrollment process (concurrent program) will run automatically at specified intervals
checking all mandatory enrollments to verify if new learners should be automatically
enrolled. The enrollment process will not enroll learners before the enrollment start date
and end enrollment at the enrollment end date if this date is provided. Otherwise
enrollment will stop after the end date of the class if this date is provided.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 112
3.39.3.4. Course Evaluation
For many enterprises, course evaluation is a central part of their training strategy. The
new course evaluation functionality enables enterprises to easily incorporate course
evaluation in all of their classes. Enterprises can evaluate self-paced and classroom based
courses online to gather feedback from learners on different training courses.
The existing test functionality is used to create a standard solution for including training
evaluation in all types of classes (both self-paced and scheduled). Learners view the
evaluation and complete it directly in the browser and not through the OLM player.
The evaluation can consist of two sections: one section for the course and another for the
class belonging to the course, to collect feedback from the course (content, relevance,
level etc.) and from the class (instructor, venue, lunch etc.) separately.
Sections can be mandatory or voluntary. If either the course level or the class level
section is mandatory the entire evaluation will be mandatory.
Evaluation sections are normal test sections defined as today in the Content tab of the
administrator interface.
3.39.3.5. Reports for Certification, Forums & Chats
Oracle Learning Management provides new BI Publisher reports for the following areas:
Certification
Forum
Chat
These reports are master reports for each area. Using BI Publisher, users can add filters
and change the format to configure the reports to suit their business needs.
For the certification report the input parameters are: certification name; subscription
status; learner name; date (to, from) and expiry date (to, from). The output columns are:
learner name; certification name; subscription status; sate and expiry date.
For the forum report the input parameters are: forum name; author; string in message and
posted date to, from). The output columns are: forum name; topic name; author; 1. line
of original in message; 1. line of message and posted date.
3.39.3.6. Learner Groups
Learner groups are used to define learner access to categories, courses, offerings and
classes. Learner groups can consist of learners, organizations, jobs, positions and other
learner groups.
The administrator can use learner groups to define learner access in addition to
assignment and learner. As soon as a new learner group has been added to the learner
access the learners included in the learner group can search and enroll in the course,
offering or class. The new learners in the learner group will be automatically enrolled in
the class if the class enrollment is mandatory. You can also use learner groups to bulk
enroll learners in classes.
3.39.3.7. Learner Basic Search Enhancements
The current search functionality only searches in the title and not in the keywords or
description of a course. This new search feature will search for other Metadata available
in the catalog objects.
Secure Enterprise Search (SES) provides this search functionality in Oracle Learning
Management. The search object course is available in the drop-down list in the OA

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 113
home page. If the learner selects course and enters any search keyword, the following
will be searched for:
Course name
Course code
Course description
Course objectives
Course keywords.
From the search results, learners can navigate to the course details page and enroll, un-
enroll or play the content. Once the learner has enrolled, un-enrolled, or played the
content, the system returns to the learner home page.

3.39.4. Release 12.1.2

3.39.4.1. Electronic Signature


OLM now supports the eSignature functionality to enable organizations to use OLM in a
FDA 21 CFR Part 11 compliant workflow.
With this new functionality, learners can provide their electronic signature after they
complete a course in OLM to acknowledge they have taken the training and understood
the content.
Similarly, administrators and instructors can provide their electronic signature if they
change the description of the course or change a learners status.
Together, this will provide a complete overview of users who have taken training and the
content of that training.
Each electronic signature and its correspondent e-record can be retrieved and viewed as
proof of training taken in case of inspection by the FDA or other authorities.
3.39.4.2. Administrator Access Control
Using the existing Role Based Access Control it is possible to control which functions an
administrator can use on the catalog and content data.
With the new Administrator Access Control functionality, it is possible to control which
data an administrator can work on.
Large organizations often have several administrators working on the same OLM
instance. These organizations can now let each administrator work on the catalog and
content management for his own area without interfering with the other administrators
work.
Administrator Access Control is set at the catalog category level or on the content folder
level. Only administrators belonging to a specific administrator group can access the
catalog objects belonging to this category or the content objects belonging to the content
folder.
3.39.4.3. Enhanced Learning Path Functionality
With the new Enhanced Learning Path Functionality, administrators can now
automatically enroll learners in classes when they are subscribed to a learning path.
Learners will automatically be unenrolled when they unsubscribe from a learning path.
This new functionality is aimed at induction programs and the like, where many learners
are expected to go through the same training program with a number of classes to attend.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 114
With the automatic enrollments in classes for a learning path the individual learners are
ready to start their training as soon as they log in to OLM, instead of first having to
search for, and enroll in, classes for each course in the learning path.
3.39.4.4. Automatic calculation of End Date for Learner Competency
OLM provides a new profile option OTA: Allow Competency Update with Renewal
Period. This profile option makes it possible to automatically set the start and end date of
a newly acquired competency by using the two fields Renewal Period and Units in
Oracle HRMS. OLM uses the renewal information (renewal period and renewal period
unit) to calculate the end date of the learners competencies. This feature saves
administrators time as they dont have to end-date competencies manually.
3.39.4.5. New functionality for reducing the number of clicks in OLM Pages
A number of smaller changes are made in OLM to reduce the number of clicks learners
and administrators have to do to navigate through the central OLM workflows.
Added a Direct Enrollment icon to the search result tables (for learners and managers)
With this new icon learners do not have to go through the process of choosing a course,
offering, and a class each time they want to enroll in a class. If there is only one class for
a course the learner can directly enroll in that class after searching for it. If there are
several classes but only one offering, the learner can go directly to the classes and enroll
in one of these classes.
On the Course page, if the course has prerequisites, learners can now click a link to view
course details of the prerequisite course.
Added enrollments shortcuts and e-mail icons to the class list page (for administrators)
Adding four new columns to the table on the Classes page, makes it easier for the
administrator to work with classes and enrollments from this page.
First column shows the number of available seats in the class, so the administrator does
not have to open the class page to see this.
Second column contains a Mail icon, whereby administrators can send a mail to all
learners enrolled in a class.
Third column contains a Bulk Enroll icon that administrators can use to directly navigate
to the Bulk Enroll page without having to navigate through several pages.
Last column contains a Single Enroll icon that brings administrators directly to the Single
Enroll page in one easy click.
Eliminated the second search for class in the Enrollment and Subscription workflow
(for administrators) - On the Enrollment and Subscriptions sub tab when administrators
click Add Enrollments the search result from the first page is carried over to the next
page so that administrators dont need to perform the same search twice.

3.39.5. Release 12.1.3


3.39.5.1. Popup Window on the Administrator Enrollments Page
A new pop up window appears on the Enrollments page when an administrator moves the
mouse over one of the learners enrolled in a class. The pop window serves as a quick
interface to view and edit data about the learner and enrollment.
Following information is available on the pop up window:
Picture of the learner
Learner name

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 115
Enrollment number
Enrollment status
Reason for change
Successful attendance
Attendance result

In the pop up window, the administrator can change all information except picture,
learner name and enrollment number.
3.39.5.2. Popup Window on the Administrator Catalog Page
A new pop up window appears on the Catalog page when an administrator moves the
mouse over one of the courses listed on the page. The pop up window helps
administrators to view:
General information about the course
Aggregate information about all classes for the course
Information about individual classes for the course

The general information about the course shows: course name, an icon if e-signature is
enabled for the course, and an icon if an evaluation is attached to the course.
The aggregate information for each type of class shows: number of courses, number of
learners enrolled, number of learners who finished the class, and number of free seats
(only for synchronous classes).
The individual information for each class shows: class name and type, start date, number
of learners enrolled, and number of learners who finished the class, maximum and
minimum number of learners in the class, and number of waitlisted learners.

3.39.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP4

3.39.6.1. SCORM 2004 compliance


SCORM is the standard governing the interaction between a LMS and the content being
played on the LMS. OLM is now SCORM 2004 edition 4 compliant.
SCORM 2004 compliant content can be imported and played in OLM, and content can be
exported from OLM in SCORM 2004 format. OLM now also covers all optional CMI
calls in SCORM 1.2.
The Player outline tree in the Player will reflect the current sequencing tracking status as
defined in the content at all times. The Player outline will, based on sequencing activities
that occur as a result of content tracking, dynamically update in order to determine which
content objects are active and which are not active.
3.39.6.2. Enhanced certification functionality
Changes have been made to the certification functionality in order to make it easier and
more intuitive for the learner.
The learner can now start on-line classes belonging to a certification from both the
enrollments section on the learner home page and from the learning certification page.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 116
A new column Item in is added to the enrollments section on the learner home page.
This new column contains an icon if the class is part of a certification or learning path.
On the learning certification page the column Find Offerings has been renamed Enroll
in class and now work in the same way as the search result page:
The learner is taken directly to the enrollments page or list of classes if there is only one
offering for the course.

3.39.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.39.7.1. Enhanced Learner access using eligibility profiles


Eligibility profiles have been in other applications within Oracle HCM like Advanced
Benefits, performance management etc. This eligibility profile functionality is now also
available in OLM.
It is now possible to define eligibility profiles specifically for OLM and use these to
define learner groups in OLM. One or more eligibility profiles can be entered as
components when defining a learner group.
This new functionality greatly enhances the way in which the OLM administrator can
define a learner group and thereby who should have access to training in OLM.
It is now possible to use criteria such as competencies; gender; person type; location;
grade and length of service (to mention a few) through eligibility profiles when defining
learner groups and use that to give access to training

3.39.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.39.8.1. Automatic Certification Subscription


With the new Automatic Certification Subscription functionality it is possible to
automatically subscribe Learners to a Certification on an ongoing basis.

When this new functionality is used, a group of Learners - defined by the Learner
Access - are subscribed to the Certification.
When the accompanying concurrent program is run thereafter (e.g. once a day) all new
Learners who have become part of the group since the last time the concurrent program
was run, are now automatically subscribed to the Certification.

This way it is easy to secure that e.g. all members of a specific organization are
always subscribed to a certification no matter when they join the organization
without any interaction from the Administrator.
3.39.8.2. Integration to Oracle Webcenter content
Oracle Webcenter content (OWcc) is Oracles best-in-class Content Management
System.
The functionality of OWcc is now integrated with OLM.
With this integration, OLM offers a full featured, best-in-class Learning Content
Management System where all types of content used by OLM can be managed and stored.

From OLM it is now possible to


Configure OLM content server on OWcc

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 117
Import SCORM (1.2 and 2004) and AICC compliant content directly to the OLM
content server
Associate a file on OWcc with a Content Object in OLM
Upload a file to the OLM content server

With the OWcc integration the following functionality is now available on an OLM
content server
Version control
Security
Indexing and search
Metadata
Workflow engine
Replication
FDA 21 CFR Part 11 compliance on the content server side (as well as existing
compliance on the LMS side)

The use of OWcc in OLM is not covered by the OLM license, but requires a separate
OWcc license.
3.39.8.3. Automatic Update Competence When Manually Setting Certification
Status
It is now possible for the Administrator to specify that a Learners competence profile is
updated with the Certification specific competences when he manually sets the Learners
Certification subscription status to Certified.
This brings the manual update of a Learners subscription status in line with the
automatic update (done when the Learner finishes all Classes in a Certification) so
both automatically update the Learners competence profile with the Certification
specific competences.
3.39.8.4. Course Pictures
Today users are accustomed to see pictures together with the description, when they look
at a group of items on a webpage (e.g. e-stores). This functionality is now also available
in OLM.
The administrator can now associate a picture with each course in OLM.
This picture will be visible for the learner when browsing, enrolling or otherwise dealing
with the courses and classes on the learner pages.
This will help the learner quickly identify courses and classes and it makes the learner
pages more inviting.

3.39.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.39.9.1. Player Status Update


The administrator is now able to change the player status for a learner manually.
The status of online classes in OLM is sometimes not updated by the system. This
can be due to e.g. network issue, JRE issues or learners not closing the player
correctly. There is therefore a need for the administrator to be able to do this
manually for specific learners.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 118
3.39.9.2. Revoke Administrator Access Control
With this new functionality, it is possible for an administrator to revoke the
Administrator Access Control previously associated with a category and learning
objects in OLM. This means that the visibility and accessibility of categories and
learning objects for administrators in OLM can always be made to reflect the
latest changes of the organization.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.
3.39.9.3. Preventing Closing and Collapsing of the Outline in the Player
Administrators can now prevent closing and collapsing the outline in the OLM
player. Inexperienced users might, by accident, either close or collapse the
outline of the OLM player and looking at the collapsed outline think they
completed the whole course, even if they only took the first of many chapters.
The administrator can avoid this by prohibiting the learner from collapsing or
hiding the outline on a class-by-class basis.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.39.10. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.39.10.1. Enrollment end date in the past


It is now possible to enroll learners into classes after the Enrollment End Date.
This is done to allow learners that turn up on the day of the class to participate in the
class and then be enrolled at a later time.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.39.11. Release 12.2.4

3.39.11.1. New Learner Interface


A completely new learner interface has been added to OLM. The new interface is
contemporary in design and promotes a new and better way for the learner to use
and interact with OLM. It has extended use of graphical elements, a simpler
layout, fewer clicks and a streamlined procedure for finding and enrolling in
learning. The old interface is still available, as an alternative to the new one, if
existing customization prevent an organization from using the new interface.

3.39.11.2. Catalog Item Picture


Now all catalog items (courses, classes, learning paths and certifications) can be
shown to the learner using a picture - previously this was only possible for
courses and classes. This makes it faster and easier for the learner to identify the
different catalog items while browsing and enrolling, and provides a richer and
more contemporary learning experience..

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Learning Management 119
3.39.11.3. Ratings and Reviews
The functionality of rating a class and providing a review has been added to
OLM. The idea with ratings and reviews is to make it possible for learners to rate
and review a class they have participated in and share their experience with other
learners contemplating joining the same class.

3.40. Oracle Mobile Learner Application

3.40.1. Overview
The learner functionality in Oracle Learning Management (OLM) is now available as an
iOS and Android app.
In this app the learner can view current enrollment and subscriptions, view training
history and search and browse for new learning in the learning catalog.
The app is fully integrated with the OLM desktop, so the learner can seamlessly switch
between the two and always see the latest training and history on his/her computer, tablet
or Smartphone.

3.40.2. V. 1.3.0

3.40.2.1. Mobile Foundation Release 4.0 Updates


Support for enterprise distribution
Customization support for corporate branding
Mobile application management (MAM) support with Oracle Mobile Security
Suite (OMSS), including an enhanced authentication flow

3.41. Oracle Learning Management Extensions for Endeca

3.41.1. Release 12.1.3+

3.41.1.1. New Search and Browse

Learning Management Extensions for Endeca is a new addition to Oracle Learning


Management, giving you better search and browse possibilities when searching for new
learning in the course catalog.
With Learning Management Extensions for Endeca you can browse through the complete
course catalog while using search words and filters to narrow down your search results
until you have found the training you are looking for. Applying filters to your search
result will make it much easier to focus on the offerings that are interesting to you no
need to browse through lots of classroom-based training if you are looking for online
content!

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Learner Application 120
Learning Management Extensions for Endeca requires a separate license. Without this
license the current browse and search functionality will be available.

3.42. Oracle Payroll

3.42.1. Release 12.1.1

3.42.1.1. Approval Mechanism for Manager Self Service - Assignment Costing


Currently, when Managers edit assignment-costing information for their sub-ordinates,
the changes are applied permanently onto employees' assignments without any approval.
This enhancement provides a way to configure approvals to control ad-hoc employees
assignment costing updates. When a manager makes modification on employees
assignments costing details, an approval notification can be sent to an Approver based on
Custom Workflow Settings. Only on approval of this notification, the changes are
reflected in employees' assignment records.
3.42.1.2. Upgrade of Historical Costing Data to Support Subledger Accounting
Payroll costing details that have been posted already to Oracle General Ledger prior to
Oracle Subledger Accounting Release 12 functionality need to be migrated for
synchronization. A new concurrent program Upgrade Historical Payroll Data to SLA is
available to perform easy migration of historical costing data to Subledger Accounting.

3.42.2. Release 12.1.2

3.42.2.1. Purge Process for Pay events table


Currently, retro related processes and reports utilize pay process events table to track
changes using the events logged in. All event-based changes for Retro-Pay, Pro-ration,
Continuous Calculations are logged in this table thus creating a high volume of data,
which becomes redundant after a period of time. This voluminous data increases the
maintenance cost in future on processes like Retro-Notification report impacting
performance.
Oracle Payroll now provides a new concurrent program called Purge Process Events that
enables users to purge data from the pay process events table and archiving data. The
Purge Process Events process thereby enhances the performance of processes accessing
the pay process events table. This helps in efficient payroll Process management reducing
the overall payroll processing time.

3.42.3. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.42.3.1. Quick-Retro Pay


From this release, users can process Retro Pay for a single assignment using the new
concurrent process Quick Retro Pay. Quick Retro Pay is based on Enhanced Retro Pay.
3.42.3.2. Self Service Batch Element Entry
From this release, payroll administrators will have the ability to enter element entries for
multiple people at a time in a self-service interface. This submission can be routed

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Payroll 121
through approvals. Administrators can enter element entry values for elements that are in
the element set associated to them and for employees for whom they have access through
their security profile.

3.42.4. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.42.4.1. Void Check Process


Processes such as Void and Re-issue or Void and Cancellation need to be run in a
sequential order. This enhancement automates the process of running one or more
processes as a single flow and enables users to void a check and then reissue or cancel the
check as a single process.
Users can run the Void Check process for a particular payroll, payment method, or
payment type or for different assignment actions of different payrolls. It also enables
voiding a large number of checks being processed by a single Check Writer run.

3.42.5. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.42.5.1. Payroll Dashboard


The Payroll Dashboard gives payroll professionals valuable insight into their
payroll and assignment process information by providing them with payroll
readiness, analysis and validation information for the entire payroll cycle. They
can also improve efficiency and reduce costly errors by using the dashboard to
monitor payroll and assignment processes as well as run, retry or roll back payroll
processes. Administrators can easily configure the payroll readiness, analysis and
validation information according to their requirements using both delivered as well
as custom checks and rules.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4.

3.42.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.42.6.1. Auto Populate Third Party Bank Information


Currently, HR professionals must manually enter the third-party payment account details
for each employee even though payment is due to the same third party organization. This
can be a repetitive and time consuming process. With this release, when HR professional
select the third-party payee (organization) in an employees personal payment method,
the applicable bank account details are automatically populated.

This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.42.6.2. Ability to Add Extra Payroll Period to Weekly or Biweekly Payroll


Calendar
Currently, the period numbers do not change when regular payment date changes from
one legislative year to another year. This enhancement enables reassignment of the period
numbers for the weekly and bi-weekly payroll period types when a regular payment date
is moved from one legislative year to another.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Payroll 122
3.42.6.3. Costing of Payment Reports
This release delivers the following new Costing of Payment reports:
1. Costing of Payment Summary Report
2. Costing of Payment Breakdown Report
3. Costing of Payment Detail Report
Costing of Payment Summary and Costing of Payment Breakdown reports are used to
report aggregation based on payroll/GRE and tally results to be posted to GL.
Costing of Payment Detail report is used to validate costing of payment results at
assignment/payment level.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.42.6.4. Enhanced Payroll Dashboard


With this release, Oracle Payroll Dashboard now offers the payroll administrator
an even greater line of sight into newly hired employees and other critical payroll
readiness details. Additional improvements to process monitoring coupled with
enhanced Payroll analytics give payroll professionals a deeper view into their
payroll data. An overall boost to performance complemented by a more intuitive
user experience ensure more efficient and accurate payroll processing resulting in
further time and cost savings.
This feature is forward-ported R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.42.7. Release 12.2

3.42.7.1. Enhanced Retro Pay set as Default


Enhanced Retropay is the only option available in 12.2. Retro by element, Aggregate &
Run will no longer be supported.

3.42.8. Release 12.2.4

3.42.8.1. Create and Update Multiple Retro Assignments using Web ADI
Spreadsheet

Prior to this release, Mass Creation or Update of Retro Assignments was not available.
Payroll administrator had to create or update retro assignments by individual employee.
With this release, WebADI integrator for the mass upload or modification of retro
assignment is delivered.

3.43. Oracle Performance Management


3.43.1. Release 12.0.4 (RUP4)

3.43.1.1. Manage Offline Appraisals


Main appraisers, appraisees, and other participants can download in-progress appraisals
in Microsoft Excel format, to update the appraisals without connecting to the application

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Performance Management 123
(for example, away from the workplace), and upload them later. This feature gives them
the time and privacy to complete either their own or other workers' appraisals.
3.43.1.2. Web ADI Support for Succession Planning Data Update
Oracle HRMS delivers a new Maintain Succession Plans function with the predefined
Manager Self-Service responsibility. This new function supports a Web Applications
Desktop Integrator (Web ADI) spreadsheet that managers can use to retrieve and update
the succession information that is stored in the succession planning tables.

3.43.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.43.2.1. Support Decimal Values for Fields Using Quantitative Measurement Style
While Creating Objectives
Accurate and precise targets drive most businesses. This enhancement supports decimal
values for the following components of the quantitative measurement style while creating
objectives:
Target value
Number
Percentage
Currency
3.43.2.2. Create Appraisals for New Joinees And Transfers-In Whose Employment
Start Date Is Later Than the Appraisal Task Start Date
For new hires and employees who have transferred-in to your organization and are part of
the performance-management plan population, even if their employment start date is later
than the appraisal task start date, you can now create appraisals. When you run the Mass
Appraisal Creation program to republish the performance management plan, the process
creates appraisals for new joinees and transfers-in.
3.43.2.3. View the Status of Scorecards and Appraisals of Workers Who are no
Longer Part of Published Plan Population
HR professionals and managers can now view the status of scorecards and appraisals of
workers who are no longer part of the published plan population, for example, because of
termination or transfer to another plan. When you republish the performance management
plan, the application does not delete the appraisals and scorecards of terminated or
transferred workers. The application changes the status of these appraisals and scorecards
to 'Transferred from Plan'. This status is displayed for all scorecards and appraisals of
workers, irrespective of whether they are terminated or transferred from the published
plans. Managers or HR professionals can view the scorecards and appraisals with
Transferred from Plan status on the Monitor Plan page using the HR Professional or
HRMS Manager responsibilities. They cannot view the scorecards or appraisals with
Transferred from Plan status using Employee or Manager Self-Service responsibilities.
Note that the application changes the status only when you run the Publish Performance
Management Plan program.
3.43.2.4. Provide Complete % Value Either More than or Less than 100 for
Objectives
When a manager or worker enters a percentage-complete value to record the objective
progress, the Complete % value need not be 100 on the achievement date. The value can
be greater than 100 or less than 100 to indicate a measure of achievement. For example, a

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Performance Management 124
manager can enter 40% to indicate achievement below expectations or 120% to indicate
achievement above expected performance.
3.43.2.5. Update Description Details of Objectives Created by Employees
Oracle Performance Management provides a new HR: Allow Updates To Objective
Details Added By Appraisee profile option that HR Professionals can set up to determine
whether managers can update the objectives and objectives' details added by employees.
This enhancement provides enterprises the flexibility to determine whether managers can
update the objectives and objectives' details added by employees according to their
business requirements.
3.43.2.6. Add Jobs and Job Competency Requirements During An Appraisal
Period
Enterprises can create jobs and job competency requirements the workforce must have to
deliver business success. Oracle Performance Management now allows you to add new
jobs and the competency requirements of the new jobs to an appraisal during the
appraisal period. If you create new jobs after the appraisal period start date, and add job
competencies to these jobs, then the new job competencies will get added to the
appraisals on clicking the Add Job Competencies button on the appraisal. Through this
enhancement, enterprises have the flexibility to add jobs created in the middle of an
appraisal period.
If you change job competency requirements during an appraisal period, the application
uses the competency requirements as of the system date. If you change the job
competence requirements, then appraisees on the same job may use different target levels
when creating appraisals on different dates within the appraisal period. For employees on
the same career level, the target level for the same job competency will vary depending
on when the employee creates the appraisal. If one employee creates the appraisal before
the new target level is effective, then that employee has a different target level from that
of another employee, who creates the appraisal after the new target level is set. Hence
employees on the same job will be evaluated using different competency requirements for
the same job. For example, for the Communication competency for the Manager job, the
target level is set to 3 as on 01-Jan-2008. During the appraisal period (01-Jan-2008 to 31-
Dec-2008), the target level of the Communication competency for the Manager job is
changed to 4 on 01-Apr-2008. When an employee on the Manager job creates an
appraisal on 10-Jan-2008, the target level for the competency is displayed as 3. When
another employee on the same Manager job creates an appraisal on 20-Apr-2008, the
target level for the competency is displayed as 4. Thus, the competency requirements will
differ for employees on the same job within an appraisal period, if the job competency
requirements are changed.
Note: Enterprises must ensure that job competency requirements for existing jobs are not
updated, once an appraisal commences. This is because if you change the job competence
requirements, then appraisees on the same job may use different target levels when
creating appraisals on different dates within the appraisal period.

3.43.3. Release 12.1.1

3.43.3.1. Mass Cascading of Objectives


Cascading objectives is a method by which objectives may be aligned across the
organization. This is critical for ensuring that all employees support the organizational
objectives. Cascaded objectives can be identical to the original objective or contributing
to the original objective.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Performance Management 125
The mass cascading feature provides managers flexibility to cascade a single objective to
multiple employees or multiple objectives to multiple employees. The feature helps
managers to create duplicate objectives and new supporting objectives for a higher-level
objective, for multiple employees in their hierarchy. Additionally, mass cascading
improves user experience by reducing the cycle time involved in cascading objectives.
3.43.3.2. Line of Sight of Objectives
Line of Sight is a graphical representation of the alignment of objectives in an
organization. This feature displays objectives that are aligned or linked to each other in
the objectives hierarchy.
Line of Sight helps employees to understand how their objectives have been cascaded
down through the organization and the association between objectives. The feature
provides management with online visibility of objectives alignment in the organization.
3.43.3.3. Display Workforce Performance Management Appraisals in the
Appraisals Function
You can now view all appraisals, created using the Workforce Performance Management
or standalone appraisals function, in the Appraisals In Progress table of the standalone
appraisals function. This feature enables users to access their appraisals from a single
location.
3.43.3.4. Reference to Talent Management Replaced with Performance
Management
From June 18th, 2007, Oracle Performance Management is licensed as a separate
product. With this change, all references to Talent Management will be replaced with
Performance Management.
3.43.3.5. Support Decimal Values for Fields Using Quantitative Measurement Style
While Creating Objectives
Accurate and precise targets drive most businesses. This enhancement supports decimal
values for the following components of the quantitative measurement style while creating
objectives:
Target value
Number
Percentage
Currency
3.43.3.6. Display Competency and Objectives Scores on Workflow Notification
Page
This enhancement displays the following on the workflow notification page:
Line scores for individual competencies
New proficiency level for the competencies
Line scores for individual objectives
Total score for all competencies
Overall comments for the competencies

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Performance Management 126
3.43.3.7. Changes to Reject Option in Notifications
With this enhancement, the Reject option in notifications will not delete the appraisal, but
only change the appraisal status to Saved. The main appraiser can update the appraisal and
re-submit it for approval.
3.43.3.8. Enhance Capability of HR Administrator Function
The Performance Management Administrator feature provides robust administration
capabilities for Performance Management Plans. Using this enhancement, administrators
can:
Enroll new joinees into published performance management plans
Remove scorecards of transferred or terminated workers from published
performance management plans
Reopen scorecards of workers to add additional objectives under certain specific
conditions
Refresh scorecards to re-evaluate the objectives eligibility and include any additional
objectives into the workers scorecard.
Reopen appraisals of workers
Monitor performance management plans and Rollback performance management
plans
When Performance Management Plan Administrators perform any administrative actions
on worker scorecards or appraisals, notifications are automatically sent to the workers
and managers accordingly.

To improve the performance management administrator's capability to follow up for


transactions pending from workers and managers, administrators can now send mass
notifications to a sub-set of the performance management plan population.
3.43.3.9. Process for Managing Completed Performance Management Plans
Performance Management home page for employees and managers has been enhanced to
show only active performance management plans. The HR Administrator can access all
the performance management plans. This enhancement provides a new status to identify
active and inactive plans. The Plan Administrator can modify the plan definition and
change the plan status to active or inactive.

3.43.4. Release 12.1.2

3.43.4.1. Use Eligibility Criteria to Define Plan Population


Performance Management Plan Administrators can identify the plan population using
eligibility profiles and roll out performance management plans to members meeting the
eligibility profile criteria. This feature helps plan administrators to roll out plans for a set
of workers within the identified plan population, for example, workers on specific grades,
jobs or positions etc. Plan administrators can also attach different appraisal templates to
different groups of the identified plan population, for example, workers on Grade M can
have appraisal template Manager Appraisal that includes Questionnaire Questionnaire
for Managers, while workers on Grade 'E' can have appraisal template 'Executive
Appraisal' that includes Questionnaire ' Questionnaire for Executives'.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Performance Management 127
3.43.4.2. Use Performance Journal
Using the Journal feature provided in both standard as well as Performance Management
Plan appraisals, managers and workers can maintain a journal on their performance
achievements, training needs etc. Managers and workers can reference their journals
while updating appraisals. Journals are private to the creator i.e. manager or worker.

3.43.5. Release 12.1.3

3.43.5.1. Manage Appraisals of Terminated Workers


HR professionals and line managers can complete appraisals of terminated workers that
are in Saved, Planned, Transferred, Ongoing and Pending Approval status.Managers can
update all appraisal details while HR professionals can update the Overall Ratings and
Overall Comments.
The following are other related changes to the Appraisals function:
a) A configurable option for workers, managers, and HR professionals to update
and complete appraisals when a future dated termination exists for workers.
b) Managers can view completed appraisals of workers who have transferred into
their business group from another business group.
c) Provision of a Process Summary and Error Exception report for the Mass
Appraisal concurrent program.
These changes apply to both standard appraisals and appraisals that are part of the
workforce performance management plans.
3.43.5.2. Editable Pop-up for Quick Updates to Objectives
Managers can use the pop-up on the Update Appraisals page, to quickly update the
following objective details:
a) Actual Value
b) Completion Percentage
c) Performance Rating
d) Comments
3.43.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.43.6.1. Performance Administrator enhancements


Oracle Performance Management delivers enhancements to improve operational
efficiency and usability for plan administrators. Performance Management Plan
administrators can now:
a. Execute a specific business process, a combination of processes or all processes when
republishing a plan based on their business needs. The following processes are
available:
i. Reallocate updated objectives with original objectives from the objectives
library
ii. Reevaluate plan population based on the eligibility profile and HR Changes.
iii. Refresh scorecards based on changes in eligibility and include additional
objectives into the scorecards
iv. Reset scorecards status to resume objective setting

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Performance Management 128
Plan Administrators can also perform other performance management plan tasks like:
b. Copy approved objectives from a previous scorecard to the new scorecard when a
worker is transferred to a new plan. In the case of appraisals, specific information
from the scorecard is copied to the new scorecard.
c. Complete an appraisal that is in Pending Appraisee Feedback status when a plan is
republished
d. Extend the objective setting deadline for a specific worker.
e. Enable managers who are ineligible for a performance management plan to access
the plan tasks and set objectives for their subordinates who are eligible for the
published plan.
f. Change the topmost supervisor of a published plan if the topmost supervisor is
terminated or transferred (in the case of Supervisor hierarchy alone).
g. Display appropriate information in the Appraisal Rating Summary Report based on
the changes made in the supervisor hierarchy.

3.43.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.43.7.1. Perform Mass Change of Appraisers


Using the Mass Change Main Appraiser feature HR Professionals can perform a mass
change of main appraiser of performance management plan appraisals and appraisals
created using the Appraisals function in a single transaction.
When HR Professionals search for performance management plan appraisals or standard
appraisals to perform a mass change of main appraisers, the application by default
retrieves records where the main appraiser in the workers appraisal is different from the
current supervisor in the workers assignment record.
If the main appraiser in the workers appraisal is the current supervisor and the HR
Professional wants to do a mass change of main appraiser to some other main appraiser,
then the HR Professional has the ability to make this change as well.

3.43.7.2. Use Configurable Print Options to Print Appraisals


Oracle Performance Management provides a configurable and flexible print option to print
appraisals. Managers and employee can choose the Print or Print All option to print their
completed and in-progress appraisals. When they select the Print option, users have the
flexibility to select the form layout or the table layout to print the required appraisal
details. Users can further select the appraisal sections that they want to print and these
appraisal sections are based on the appraisal template configurations. The print options are
available for both performance management plan appraisals and standard appraisals, in the
Appraisals In Progress and Completed Appraisals tables. Customers can use the
predefined Appraisal Printable Template which is an Oracle XML Publisher RTF
template to print appraisals in the PDF format or create their own RTF template as per
their business requirements.
3.43.7.3. Use New Questionaire Administration Feature
A Questionnaire Administration-New function is now available in the HR Professional
responsibility. Using this new function, HR Professionals have the ability to:
a. Create questions and specify the following options for the answers to the questions:
i. Free text

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Performance Management 129
ii. List of values
iii. Drop-down list value or
iv. Long text
b. Define if some or all questions in the questionnaire are mandatory.
c. Re-order the questions in the questionnaire.
For a question with answer type list of values or drop-down list, the answer can be a
value from a HR lookup or a rating scale. The HR administrator must select the
lookup or rating scale that the application must display, for employees and managers
to select the correct answer.
Long text answer type supports a limit of up to 4000 characters.
Enterprises can use the options provided in the Questionnaire Administration-New
function to define questionnaires as per their business requirements.

3.43.8. Release 12.2

3.43.8.1. Use Star Ratings to Rate Performance and Proficiency Levels.


Managers and workers can now use star ratings to rate performance and proficiency
levels in competencies. The star rating component is now available for Competency
Profile and Appraisals functions. In the Appraisals function the star rating component is
displayed in the Competency Profile region. This function enables enterprises to display
performance and proficiency rating scales as star ratings, instead of the conventional
rating scale values. To use the star rating component, enterprises can set the HR: Enable
Star Rating for Performance and Proficiency Levels in Competencies' profile option.

3.44. Oracle Self Service Human Resources (SSHR)

3.44.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2)

3.44.1.1. Allow Transition Initiator to Delete Pending for Approval Transactions


In Release 12, when a manager or employee submits a transaction for approval in Self-
Service Human Resources, no further action is allowed by the initiator while the
transaction is pending approval, preventing users from deleting inaccurate transactions.
RUP2 introduces a new system profile that, when enabled, allows the initiator of a
transaction to delete a transaction at any level in the approval chain while it is pending
approval.
This feature can be enabled using the new system profile HR:Enable Initiator to Delete a
Pending-Approval Transaction. When the profile is set to Yes, the initiator of a
transaction will be allowed to delete Pending for Approval transactions. When the
profile is set to "No," the initiator will not be allowed to delete Pending for Approval
transactions.
3.44.1.2. Self-Service Change Pay Rate Functionality
Self-Service Human Resources (SSHR) Release 12 does not provide the ability to alter a
future salary adjustment, nor does it support multiple future salary adjustments. These

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self Service Human Resources (SSHR) 130
limitations are especially problematic in cases of guaranteed salaries where a manager
must obtain approval for multiple salary adjustments on future dates. (For example, a
company may guarantee an employee a 5% salary increase every 6 months for the next 2
years).
In RUP2, Change Pay Rate functionality has been enhanced to:
Allow multiple pay actions (Create/Update/Delete) as part of one transaction
Support Salary Basis change (with option to restrict)
Display Employee Pay Change History
Propose future base salary changes
Update future base salary (where payroll has not been processed)
Delete one or more future base salary changes (where payroll has not been
processed)
Support Quintile, Quartile, Percentile, and Comparatio
Display Annual Equivalent, Annual Full Time Equivalent, and Annualization
Multiple
Display Part time factor, Work Hours, Employee Local Currency, Last Payroll
Run
Display Peer Averages and Peer History (using secure view)
Display amounts in user preferred currency
This enhancement is an optional upgrade for existing customers. Customers who do not
wish to upgrade can continue to use the current Self-Service Change Pay Rate
functionality.

3.44.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.44.2.1. View Accrual Balances for Employees Across Business Groups


As a manager, you can now view accrual balances for employees across business groups.
3.44.2.2. Avoid Errors When Routing Approvals in Oracle SSHR
Currently, workflow transactions that use the SSHR approval process "Notification
process for approvers and notifiers" end in errors for the following reasons and users
cannot track such transactions:
When an approver does not approve a transaction within the time period, the
workflow updates the corresponding Oracle Approval Management (AME)
transaction type with the No Response status. Then, the workflow tries to route
the notification to the approver's supervisor based on the approval chain. If the
supervisor is not available, then the workflow displays an error.
If the AME transaction type is incorrectly setup, then the workflow cannot route
transaction for approvals. This happens because the workflow uses the list of
recipients defined in the transaction type.
Using AME, you can define the adminApprover configuration variable for a transaction
type. The adminApprover variable identifies the person or user account that AME
identifies as the administrator who can correct the hierarchy issue so that transactions get
processed without any errors.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self Service Human Resources (SSHR) 131
With this release, Oracle SSHR notifies the administrative approver identified by AME
indicating that an exception has occurred for transactions that use the SSHR approval
process "Notification process for approvers and notifiers".
The administrative approver receives notifications:
When a user submits the transaction on the Review page, even after receiving the
Oracle Approval Management (AME) transaction type incorrect setup error.
When the approval chain is broken and workflow cannot route the transaction to
the next approver. For example, the workflow routes transactions from employee
A to employee B, and then from B to employee C. Once the approval process
starts, C resigns from the enterprise. When employee B approves the transaction,
the workflow process sends a notification alerting the administrator about the
break in the approval chain.
When an approver does not approve a transaction within the time period, and if a
supervisor is not available for the workflow to route the transaction.

3.44.3. Release 12.1.1

3.44.3.1. Adjusted Service Date


Length of service is an essential parameter for calculating the benefits for an employee.
Managers arrive at decisions related to promotions and compensation changes based on
the employees length of service. Existing functionality in Self Service calculates length
of service based on the latest start date. With this enhancement, employees and managers
can view the adjusted years of service, where the years of service are based on the
adjusted service date.
The Show/Hide Region of the assignment records in My Information in Employee Self
Service and My Employee Information in Manager Self Service displays the adjusted
service date.
3.44.3.2. Grade Step/Point Changes
An employees salary may be attached to grades, which in turn might be attached to
grade steps and corresponding grade point values.
In the existing SSHR functionality, a manager can change the salary of employees
reporting to them but cannot change the grade step and point using SSHR.
The enhancements in this release enable managers to view and update changes to their
employees grade step and point using SSHR. Additionally, employees can view their
grade step and point information.
3.44.3.3. Leave Accrual Information Based on Effective Date
Employees need to know their leave balance and managers need to know their
subordinates leave balance information at any given point of time. Current functionality
in Self Service for leave of absence shows the leave accrual information on the system
date for both Employee Self Service and Manager Self Service. Managers can also view
accrual balances of their employees who belong to a different business group from theirs.
Release 12.1 offers more flexibility to the end user in determining the leave accrual
information. The modified leave accrual feature enhances the usability of the system and
the Self Service views. Employees and managers can now enter an effective date and
view the entitlement balances (leave accrual) as on that effective date.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self Service Human Resources (SSHR) 132
3.44.3.4. Secured Access for Workflow Administrators Using Security Profiles
The Workflow Status Monitor enhancement provides specific workflow administrators
for different functional areas by restricting access based on criteria specific to a particular
functional area. You can now restrict the workflow administrator access based on the
security profiles defined at the organization, position, or hierarchy level. Additionally, the
enhancement enables role-based access control for workflow administrators to the
respective business groups.
3.44.3.5. Succession Planning
The Succession Planning and Management feature enables managers and HR personnel
to identify, create, and manage the talent pool available in their organization. Using this
feature, both managers and HR personnel can:
Designate jobs and positions as critical to the enterprise
Identify high risk workers
Create succession plans for critical jobs and positions
Create succession plans for workers
View and modify succession plan information
3.44.4. Release 12.1.1+

3.44.4.1. Employee Talent Profile


The Talent profile feature provides a holistic view of an employee from a talent
management perspective. It presents the information relevant to make talent management
decisions in a single page. Additionally, you can also
View nine-box placement of the employee
Launch actions to update worker information
Print talent profiles of workforce
3.44.5. Release 12.1.2

3.44.5.1. Hire Employee Applicant into New Assignments


Employees can apply for internal vacancies within the organization. Using the Internal
Hire feature in self-service HR, managers can hire employees with an accepted
application into additional assignments. Managers can process internal job applications
and assign employees to multiple assignments. This feature also allows managers to:
Search for employees who are applicants with an accepted application
View the existing assignment information
Hire employee into a new secondary assignment
Hire employee into a new assignment and switch the new assignment to primary.
The existing assignment is switched to secondary.

3.44.5.2. Rehire Ex-employees


Terminated workers may need to be rehired into the same organization. Ex-employees
may not be required to go through the normal application process to be rehired. Rehire
feature enables managers to directly rehire ex-employees into the same organization and
does not require the ex-employees to be applicants with an accepted application. This
feature also allows managers to:

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self Service Human Resources (SSHR) 133
View the terminated assignments information
View the rehire recommendation and termination details
Rehire ex-employee into a new primary assignment

3.44.5.3. View Oracle Self-Service Attachments in Oracle HRMS


Managers and employees can attach supporting documents while performing self-service
transactions. The attachments are available to the approvers of the transaction while the
approval process is in progress. After the transaction is approved, the attachments are not
available for future reference of the HR. This feature provides the flexibility to save the
supporting documents attached through self-service pages and makes them available for
the professional user from Oracle HRMS.
3.44.5.4. Terminate Secondary Assignments
Employees can have multiple assignments at a time. This feature enables manager to
terminate or end secondary assignments of employees using self-service HR. When
employee is transferred to other assignments, the existing assignments may have to be
terminated. This feature also provides the flexibility to perform changes to the secondary
assignment data while terminating the secondary assignment. Additionally, using this
feature manager can end placements of contingent workers who are on multiple
placements.
3.44.5.5. Use Context Sensitive EITs
This release enhances the capabilities of context sensitive EITs in self-service HR. The
flexfield context can be auto-set depending on other segments. The ability to capture
additional information for self-service users is further enhanced with this feature. The
context in the dependent flexfield is displayed based on other flexfield segments. For
example, a flexfield is defined for capturing passport information. When a country is
selected in the flexfield, then additional information specific to the selected country is
displayed in the additional passport details flexfield.
3.44.5.6. View Employee Information in Popup Windows
Managers require quick access to employee information while performing self-service
actions. A popup window displays contact information, organization, job, position,
location and supervisor information of employees in a managers hierarchy. The
employees photograph is also displayed in the popup. The employee information pop up
is also shown to managers for employees in the managers My List (My List shows
records of employees outside the hierarchy whose records the manager has access to).

3.44.6. Release 12.1.3

3.44.6.1. Hire Employee Applicants and replace or merge applicant assignment with
Primary Assignment
Prior to this release, managers can hire employees with an accepted application into
additional assignments using the Applicant Hire and Rehire feature in Oracle Self Service
HR. Managers may also need to replace the primary assignment with the accepted
assignment or merge the accepted assignment with primary assignment while hiring the
employee applicant into an accepted assignment.
With this release, Oracle Self Service HR provides further flexibility to managers while
hiring employee applicants. Managers can:
Hire an employee into the accepted assignment and replace the primary
assignment

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self Service Human Resources (SSHR) 134
Hire an employee into the accepted assignment and merge with the primary
assignment
3.44.6.2. Reverse Termination
After a worker is terminated, during the notice period worker may decide to withdraw the
resignation. In such cases, managers have to revert the termination even after the last day
of employment is passed. In the existing functionality, once termination is processed,
managers do not have the capability to reverse the termination from self-service.
Managers have to request the HR administrator to reverse the termination using
professional forms.
Using Oracle SSHR managers can now reverse the termination from Manager Self-
Service responsibility. This enhancement provides increased capability to managers to
manage employment and gives greater control over employment related actions. This
feature also further reduces the dependency on the HR administrator to revert the action
performed by the manager in self-service.
3.44.6.3. Voluntary Termination
In the existing Self-Service HR functionality, workers cannot initiate voluntary
termination requests. Managers have to initiate the process on behalf of the worker. This
necessitates a manual process where employee has to inform the manager about the
resignation and manager then initiates termination for the employee. With this release
workers can raise requests for termination thus reducing the workload on the manager.
This feature enables:
Employees to initiate voluntary termination request from Employee Self-Service
responsibility
Contingent workers to initiate End placement from the Contingent Worker Self-
Service
Employees or contingent workers to reassign the directs while initiating
termination
This enhancement provides increased capability to workers and facilitates online process
for voluntary exit.
3.44.6.4. Transaction Details in FYI Notifications
When a self-service transaction is submitted for approval, the approver notification
displays the current transaction data and the proposed changes to the current data. FYI
notifications can be set up to be delivered to the participants in the approval process after
the approver acts on the notification. In the existing functionality, FYI notifications
generated after the final approval do not contain details of the approved or rejected
transaction. The recipient of the FYI notification has to navigate through the application
pages to view the changes that have been approved. With this release, the recipients of
FYI notifications can view the details of the transaction in the notification itself. FYI
notifications now display proposed changes.
The feature can be enabled using a configurable option. This feature brings significant
improvement to the usability of self-service HR notifications.
3.44.6.5. View Entitlement Balances in Notifications
When an employee submits an absence request the approver receives a notification. The
notification does not contain accrual balance information. Managers have to navigate to
the Absence Management page, select the employee and view the accrual balance for the

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self Service Human Resources (SSHR) 135
employee. With this release, managers can view the accrual balance information in the
form of a pop-up in the approval notification.
This feature allows managers to:
View Accrual balances in a pop-up in approval notification
Enter an effective date and search for accrual balance as of that date in the pop-
up
This feature allows employees to:
View accrual balance in a pop-up when creating, updating or submitting an
absence
View accrual balance in a pop-up when confirming a planned absence
Enter an effective date and search for accrual balance as of that date in the pop-
up
3.44.6.6. Restrict Absence Type LOV
Prior to this release, all absence types created using Oracle HRMS are displayed to users
in Self-Service HR. With this release, implementers can update a package to restrict the
absence types that are displayed to users based on the business requirements. This feature
ensures that employees enter only those absences for which they are eligible, and
managers do not have to verify the validity of the absence type of employee requests.

3.44.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.44.7.1. Support for Parallel Approvals in SSHR


Using Oracle Approvals Management (AME), enterprises can set up approval groups for
parallel approvals in Oracle SSHR. Parallelization is enabled at the Member level in the
approval groups and the 'First Responder Wins' voting method is supported.

When a self-service transaction that uses the AME rule with First Responder Wins
voting regime is submitted, the application a. Sends the approval request to all members
of the approval group. b. Allows any member of the approval group to approve, reject or
return the transaction for correction to the transaction initiator. c. Displays an Action
History region in the approval notification of the transaction to enable all members of the
approval group to know the latest status of the transaction. The Action History region
displays the name of the approver, the date when a member of the approval group acted
on the transaction, and comments if any. The changes made by the transaction initiator
are updated in the database when any member of the approval group approves the
transaction.
3.44.7.2. Organization Chart
Oracle SSHR provides a new Organization Chart', which greatly enhances the user
interface that managers use to view their hierarchy. Details of workers in the manager's
hierarchy are displayed in the form of panel cards. The application supports different
hierarchy viewer layouts.
Using the Organization Chart, managers can:

a. View Contact, Employment and Salary information of workers in their


hierarchy.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self Service Human Resources (SSHR) 136
b. Identify key high potential workers with succession plans, key high potential
workers without succession plans, workers whose salary is above the specified
grade range and below the specified grade range.
c. Launch self-service actions for workers.

Using the Employee Self Service responsibility, workers can also use the Organization
Chart to view their hierarchy. Employee self-service users can only view contact and
employment information in the cards.

3.44.8. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.44.8.1. Launch Actions from a Side Navigator in Organization Chart or Talent


Profile
Managers and workers can use either the Organization Chart Page or the Talent Profile
page to launch Personal Actions or Manager Actions from a side navigator. The side
navigator helps employees and managers to execute and complete multiple self service
transactions for themselves or for their employees in their hierarchy without leaving the
page.
3.44.8.2. Control the Display of Effective Date, Review, and Confirmation Pages
Control the Display of Effective Date, Review, and Confirmation Pages: Enterprises can
determine whether the Effective Date, Review and Confirmation pages must be displayed
for self-service transactions or not, in accordance with their business requirements. This
configurable option is useful for top management executives who may want to enter
transaction details and complete the self-service transaction without routing it for
approval.
3.44.8.3. Use Quick Termination and Change Hours Processes

Oracle Self-Service Human Resources now provides two new processes to perform
change hours and termination transactions quickly.

Using the new change hours process, managers can change the work schedule and
assignment category of a worker and submit the transaction without having to change
the workers pay.
Using the new termination process, managers can enter the termination details of a
worker who is a manager and submit the transaction without having to navigate to the
Change Manager page to relocate workers reporting to the terminated manager to a
new manager. When enterprises use the quick termination process, they can set the
HR: No Supervisor Error or Warning profile option to help users decide whether they
would like to proceed with the termination transaction or not. If the terminated
person is a manager, then based on the value of the profile option, Oracle SSHR
either displays an error or a warning message. In the case of a warning Oracle SSHR
redirects all the direct reports of the terminated manager to the immediate supervisor
of the terminated manager and a message to this effect is displayed.

3.44.8.4. Current Effective Date Appears on Initial Page


As a part of the UI enhancement the current effective date page now appears in a new
region at the top of the initial page, which is displayed when any function is launched.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Self Service Human Resources (SSHR) 137
3.44.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP7

3.44.9.1. SSHR Transaction Monitor


Using the Transaction Monitor feature, employees, managers, and HR professionals can
view and track details of their self-service transactions, that are in pending approval,
deferred, completed, and errored status. For self-service transactions that are in pending
approval or completed status, employees, managers, and HR Professionals can use the
transaction monitor to view the approval history, comments, and attachments for the
transactions, if any. Employees can view all transactions that they initiate. However,
managers can view only those transactions initiated by them on any worker within their
hierarchy. HR Professionals can view all transactions initiated by workers and managers
based on their security profile.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4
3.44.10. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.44.10.1. Assignment level hierarchy support in Talent Profile Organization Chart


In the Organization Chart and Talent Profile page, managers can now view multiple
assignment records of their subordinates, if the subordinate has more than one
assignment. Using the Assignment drop-down in the Talent Profile page, managers can
select the relevant assignment to view details and perform appropriate actions. Managers
can also view and process actions for more than one assignment of an employee using the
Organization Chart. Prior to this release, Organization Chart and Talent Profile displayed
only one assignment of subordinates.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.45. Oracle Succession Planning


Oracle Succession Planning is a newly licensable product that is available for Oracle E-
Business Suite 12.1.1 customers. Oracle Succession Planning includes the following
three functions:
Succession Plans
Suitability Matching
Talent Profile
Note that Succession Planning was released after the base release of 12.1.1 and must be
applied on top of 12.1.1.

3.45.1. Release 12.1.2

3.45.1.1. Succession Plans


The Succession Plans feature helps enterprises to:
Identify available and qualified talent pool.
Assess types of talent required to meet business goals.
Search talent pool for potential successors.
Create and maintain succession plans to ensure that critical roles are covered at
all times.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Succession Planning 138
3.45.1.2. Suitability Matching
The Suitability Matching feature helps enterprises to:
Use the Suitability Analyzer to compare competencies to identify suitable
successors
Identify training and other development activities to close the gap between a
worker's competencies and those required by the enterprise.
3.45.1.3. Talent Profile Comparison Report
The Talent profile feature provides the following additional capabilities for Oracle
Succession Planning users
View nine-box matrices in a separate flash based user interface.
Talent Profile Comparison report that helps managers to compare two or more
potential successors while and allows adding potential successors from the talent
profile page itself.
3.45.1.4. Update Succession Plan Extra Information Type for Workers
When planning succession for workers, managers can now directly enter additional
succession information about a worker, such as retention and succession potential and
identify whether the worker is a key person in the enterprise using the Employee
Succession Details extra information. Managers do not have use either Oracle HRMS or
Oracle SSHR to provide this additional information.
3.45.1.5. Create Succession Plans for Contingent Workers
Typically, the composition of the workforce in any enterprise includes full-time
employees, part-time workers, and contingent workers who may occupy critical positions
to complete specific projects. Oracle Succession Planning helps enterprises to plan
succession for such contingent workers for business continuity.
3.45.1.6. View Talent Profile of Workers from Succession Planning Page
For effective succession planning, managers require to view the talent profile of workers
to take an informed decision about planning their succession. The Create Succession Plan
page now includes the ability to navigate to the talent profile of a worker for whom
successors are being identified.

3.45.1.7. View Succession Plans of Ex-employees


Managers can now search for ex-employees, to gather information about the successors
identified for these ex-employees to plan for transition. This is very useful in cases where
the transition couldnt be effected before the last date of the employee and HR
professionals and managers need access to the ex-employee succession plan record to
implement the succession plan.
3.45.1.8. View Employee Information in Popup Windows
HR Professionals and Managers can now view employee information in the popup
windows of the Search for Successors page in Succession Planning function and Find
Suitable People: Suitable People page in the Suitability Matching Function. The popup
window displays contact information, organization, job, position, location and supervisor
information of employees. The employees photograph is also displayed in the popup.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Succession Planning 139
3.45.2. Release 12.1.3

3.45.2.1. Usability Changes in Succession Planning


Oracle Succession Planning now enables managers to:

Identify and track succession plans using a new Succession Plan Status field. For
example, managers can search for succession plans at the draft or active status.

Enter the Readiness Percent for potential successors, so that it is easy to identify
how ready a potential successor is to progress on to the identified role.

3.45.3. Release 12.1.3+

3.45.3.1. Enhanced Succession Planning


The succession plan has been enhanced in order to improve the process of identifying
probable successors and the ability to audit plans:
New attributes such as plan owner, plan name, and other relevant plan details
have been added.
Users can add attachments to succession plans in order to document or support
the decision making process.
Attachments or notes can be added to each probable successor identified in the
plan.
When a succession plan is created, key stakeholders of the plan can receive a
workflow approval notification.
The ability to view assignment changes for probable successors has been added to help
HR Professionals and Talent Managers evaluate, review, and manage succession plans.
3.45.3.2. Succession Planning Portals for Talent Managers and HR Professionals
Oracle Succession Planning provides talent managers and HR professionals with portals
for quick access to succession plans and to launch relevant actions from a single page.
Talent managers can view the hierarchy of workers reporting to them and can easily
identify key and high potential workers within their hierarchy. They can view details of
plans available for such workers and process their plans. A dashboard of plans that were
recently reviewed and plans scheduled for review eliminates the need to search for this
information. Overall, the portal provides Talent Managers and HR Professionals with an
easy to use interface and rapid access to key information.
3.45.3.3. Succession Analytics
In this release, Oracle Succession Planning delivers a range of actionable analytics that
help HR Professionals and Talent Managers to administer the succession planning
process effectively and efficiently. The following four analytical reports provided are:
Readiness and Risk Analysis of Probable Successors: This report gives insight into the
risk associated with probable successors identified for key and high potential workers.
The risk may be either in terms of low readiness of the probable successors to assume
higher responsibilities or inadequate number of successors identified.
Turnover Analysis of Key Talent: Using this report, Talent managers and HR
professionals can analyze the turnover details of probable successors identified for key
and high potential workers.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Succession Planning 140
Succession Plan Details for High Potential Workers: To proactively plan and manage the
succession planning process in their enterprise, Talent Managers and HR Professionals
can use this report to track key and high potential workers with and without succession
plans.
Succession Plan Effectiveness: Talent Managers and HR Professionals can use this
report to evaluate the effectiveness of the succession planning and management process
based on the number of plans filled by potential successors identified for such plans.
3.45.3.4. View Succession Hierarchy
The succession hierarchy is a visual representation of the successors identified for
workers at each level. It helps Talent Managers and HR Professionals to analyze the full
impact of succession plans that are in place, particularly at the higher echelons of the
enterprise. The succession hierarchy also assists in tracking succession changes,
understanding any gaps in the succession hierarchy and assessing the impact of these
gaps on business continuity. This holistic view helps enterprises avoid the risk of
mobility at higher levels from cascading to lower levels in the organization. It also helps
in replacement planning and ensures that workers are ready to fill new roles at all levels
as and when the need arises.
3.45.3.5. Succession Plan Administration
HR Professionals can now control the succession planning process across the enterprise.
They can:
View succession analytics at the enterprise level, based on their access to data,
and initiate appropriate actions.
Define job and position based plans and assign them to managers who can then
nominate probable successors for such plans.
Define business permissions such as specify if contingent workers can be
identified as probable successors, whether managers can override the competency
based search and add specific successors to succession plans, set the maximum
number of successors that can be identified for a plan. Other permissions include
the ability to display succession plans for terminated workers and set the
maximum number of succession plans a worker can belong to.
3.45.4. Release 12.2.5

3.45.4.1. Configurable Talent Matrix


With this release, managers and HR personnel can use Configurable Talent
Matrix that provides enhanced tools for succession planning and management.
Configurable Talent Matrix replaces the existing OAF based 9-Box Matrix and
needs to be deployed on Oracle WebLogic Server (WLS) server.

The Configurable Talent Matrix feature:

Provides flexibility to define the grid or matrices in the box as per the
business requirements of the enterprise.
Supports various combinations for Performance, Potential and Retention
matrices to identify suitable successors.
Enables printing talent profiles of workers based on Configurable Talent
matrix.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Succession Planning 141
Saves different combinations for Performance, Potential and Retention
matrices in templates, which can be selected by the user to view the
Configurable Talent Matrix for a particular combination.

3.46. Oracle Time and Labor

3.46.1. Release 12.0.2 (RUP2)

3.46.1.1. Automatic Days-to-Hours Conversion


In Time and Labor Release 12, users are restricted to entering their time in Hours because
Oracle Projects does not support time entered in Days. In RUP2, Time and Labor
introduces automatic days-to-hours conversion, so that users can enter Hours and Days
within a single timecard and the system will convert the Days into Hours for Oracle
Projects.
To utilize this feature, a user creates a Time Category including all elements requiring
conversion from Days to Hours. The conversion factor (from Days to Hours) will be
calculated by retrieving Normal Hours from Employee's Assignment and Number of
Days in Assignment Frequency from OTL Preferences.
3.46.1.2. Mixed Format Entries
In Time and Labor Release 12, when the Self Service Preference to Allow Rules
Evaluation preference is set to Yes, the application will not allow mixed time format
entries. With RUP2, Time and Labor introduces an enhancement that allows users to
enter mixed format entries for certain time elements, based on specific conditions. For
example: Users can enter "Regular" as Start time and End time format (09:00 -
12:00) and "Lunch" as Number of hours (2 hrs) in the same time card.
This feature also allows users to define whether or not a particular element should be
included in "OTLR - Oracle Time and Labor Rules" explosion. When users mark a
particular element as Exclude from Explosion, Time and Labor will allow entry of mixed
time format for that element while excluding that element from timecard explosion.

3.46.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.46.2.1. Use the Multi-Threaded Archive and Restore Process


You can now use OTL with multi-threading in the Archive Data Set Process enabled.
Based on internal logic calculations, the Archive Data Set process decides the number of
worker processes.
For more details of the new Multi-Threaded Archive and Restore Process, please refer to
My Oracle Support note: 433929.1

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 142
3.46.3. Release 12.1.1

3.46.3.1. Blank Timecard Rows Retained while Saving Timecard


Currently, when you select a Zero Hours template for creating a timecard, Oracle Time
and Labor (OTL) Self Service appropriately populates the template rows onto the
timecard. If you enter time information for few rows and leave the other rows untouched,
the timecard rows without any time entries are deleted upon saving the timecard. This is
inconvenient when you later want to enter time for the untouched rows, as the specific
rows are no longer available.
This enhancement enables OTL Self Service users to retain timecard row(s) without any
hour values when saving the timecard. Such rows are available when you want to update
the saved timecard at later point of time. By default, the current behavior is in place and
you can avail this new functionality by configuring the OTL preferences.
3.46.3.2. Define Number of Timesheet Line Rows to Pre-populate
Currently, you can pre-populate timecard rows using static and dynamic templates like
Last Timecard or User-Defined templates without any hour values being imported onto
the new timecard.
With this enhancement, you will be able to save the timecard rows without any hour
values when the timecard is pre-populated from timecard templates. When you submit
the timecard, timecard row(s) without any hour values will be ignored.
3.46.3.3. Summarize Regular/Overtime Hours Separately
Currently, the Regular/Overtime summary region is available only on the Timecard
Review page.
With this enhancement, you can view the time-entered details and overtime calculation
results on the confirmation page along with timecard explosion.
3.46.3.4. Supervisor Report to Identify Missing Timesheets
Currently, we have Missing Timecards report to identify the number of timecards and
timecards of different statuses list. However, this does not report when the user has
actually submitted the timecard.
With this enhancement, supervisor would be able to query online the number of
timecards in different statuses viz. not entered, working, error, submitted, approved and
rejected along with the user names and last submitted date.
3.46.3.5. Supervisor List of Timesheets Expected and Status Online
Currently, supervisors are unable to query online the status of employees timecards
under their hierarchy.
The new Supervisor Timesheet dashboard enables supervisors to query the status of
timecards online considering supervisor hierarchy. Additionally, the dashboard includes
the graphical representation in percentage of timecard status. This enhancement provides
supervisors to efficiently find timecards that are missing, submitted or approved for a
specific timecard period. Supervisor can also generate Timecards Status details.
3.46.3.6. Audit Change Report - Identify Changes Made to Timesheets
As employees have the privilege of changing (any changes and any number of times) the
timecard data after its submission through OTL Preferences, they submit the timecard
data for approval, more than once for the same period.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 143
The new Audit Change Report enables time administrators to identify these changes
made to the timecards. The report tracks the changes and indicates the number of times a
timecard and what data was changed after timecard save, submission and subsequent
approvals. You can print and maintain them for audit purposes.
3.46.3.7. Audit Trail on Time Cards
This feature provides the complete history of timecards from its timecard submission to
approval stages. The report displays details such as the number of times a particular
timecard is submitted, modified, or deleted, and various actions done by various
employees, approvers on a particular timecard.
3.46.3.8. Display Last Person Who Updated Timesheet
You can now view the person who last updated the time details on the timecard. As a
timecard can undergo many changes after an employee creates it, providing this
information on the timecard enables you to identify the person who last made changes to
the timecard.
3.46.3.9. Changes in Core HR and OTL to Support Services Procurement
Currently in OTL, a contingent worker (CWK) can report time against only one purchase
order number, which is associated to the workers assignment. The CWKs assignment is
defined in the Core HR, wherein supplier name, purchase order number, and purchase
order line is associated. These details are retrieved in OTL, to enable the contingent
worker to report time for the above-mentioned combination.
With this enhancement, a contingent worker can report time for multiple purchase orders.
Additionally, the contingent worker is able to report time against any valid project
whether or not the project is associated to a purchase order.
A new user Interface is provided wherein users can associate multiple purchase orders
to a contingent worker. You can navigate to this new user interface from the Supplier tab
of the Assignment page of Core HR. The existing functionality of associating purchase
order, purchase order lines, and supplier remains as it is.
This enhancement enables OTL Time Sheet to retrieve multiple purchase orders in the
Purchase Order list of values. Now this LOV populates all associated purchase orders of
the CWK worker and enables the worker to report time against multiple purchase orders.
3.46.3.10. Multiple Alias Support in Notification Layout
This enhancement includes changes to the OTL Inline Notification timecard layout to
support attributes. The changes ensure that the layout attributes added to the right side of
the timecard summary matrix are included in the day details page context data dictionary.
Additionally, the changes add timecard attributes to the right of the timecard hours entry
summary table in the inline notification layout.
3.46.3.11. OTL User Interface Enhancements
Release 12.1 enhances OTL with the following changes to the self-service pages:
New Recent Timecard, wherein existing Recent Timecards and Timecard Search
screen are merged together as one. Additionally provide an ability to delete
multiple timecards in a single action
New Projects/ Projects Payroll layouts with Project number and name
concatenated together. The same has been done for task details
Ability to set Default Timecard Period for an user
Ability to set Default Approval Action for a Supervisor/Approver

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 144
Ability to set Future Time Period Limit for an user
New status column to display transfer status of a timecard to recipient
applications
The new changes on various predefined timecard layouts improve the productivity of
OTL self-service users.
3.46.3.12. Disabled Text Field Enhancement
Currently, you can design the timecard layout by configuring the Timecard Entry Layout
ldt file to add text fields onto timecard layout, with the default nature of these added
fields as editable.
This enhancement enables you to define whether a field on timecard layout should be
editable or not. The setup that you define for these text fields in the Timecard Entry
Layout ldt file determines whether the fields are either enabled or disabled on the self-
service Timecard Entry Layout page.
3.46.3.13. Enhancement to Preference Eligibility Criteria (Responsibility-based
Preference)
OTLs current preference eligibility criteria for a selected responsibility assign
preferences to the user when theyve selected the responsibility, while logged in to the
system, and only for preferences that are required for the session. For example,
preferences that set the timecard layout or the number of blank rows on the timecard may
be set and used for the session. However, preference values required for processes
executed after the timecard submission, for example preferences required to assign values
for Retrieval Rules, Application Set or Approval Style, use preference eligibility criteria
that can be determined when the user has not selected the responsibility. The preferences
used for post timecard submission processes use the preference eligibility based on HR
assignment attributes, assigned to a specific, named person, or assigned to all people.
This enhancement provides a way to assign both temporary (session), and post
submission preferences based on an OTL responsibility, and be persistent after the
submission process. This allows for added flexibility in assigning preferences and
enabling OTL functionality.

3.46.4. Release 12.1.2

3.46.4.1. OTL Time Card integration with HR Absences


With the integration of Oracle HR and Oracle SSHR Absence modules with Oracle Time
and Labor, absences created in Oracle HR and Oracle SSHR gets automatically populated
in the Oracle Time and Labor timecard. Absence entries that are created or edited in the
time card along with other time entries can be viewed in Oracle HR Absence module.
This enhancement introduces checks and validations in the time card and absence
modules to ensure that data consistency is maintained.

3.46.5. Release 12.1.3

3.46.5.1. Time Card Retrieval Dashboard


With this release, time administrators will have exhaustive and real-time insight on the
timecard retrieval process for Oracle payroll and Oracle projects applications using the
new Time Card Retrieval Dashboard. This dashboard assists time administrators in
effectively monitoring the retrieval process progress, viewing pre and post retrieval

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 145
information, and helps in taking prompt corrective actions for any errors. This feature
also assists time administrators to visualize and analyze timecard retrieval information
based on criteria such as HR Supervisor, Project Manager and time card attributes.
3.46.6. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP5

3.46.6.1. Rollback Transfer Time from OTL to BEE process.


With this release, a new concurrent program is provided to rollback the payroll retrievals.
This process is equipped to rollback all payroll entries transferred from OTL to BEE
either in full or for a time card. This includes timecards transferred directly to Batch
Element Entry (BEE) and timecards transferred through the Rules Evaluation Engine
(OTLR) to BEE.
3.46.6.2. Retrieval Dashboard changes
From this release, Retrieval Dashboard is HR security enabled. The Retrieval Dashboard
now retrieves employee records based on the HR security profile attached to the
responsibility or user. With this release, you can use a new Retrieval Dashboard feature
that provides two new predefined responsibilities Time Manager and Time
Administrator. The Time Manager responsibility will not have access to the Initiate
Retrieval tab.

3.46.7. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP6

3.46.7.1. Enhanced Timecard Status Dashboard


Oracle Time and Labor has a functionality of Missing Timecards Report to identify the
number of timecards and details of the timecards with different statuses. This is an
Administrator report and this kind of information is not available for a Supervisor from
Self Service. This makes it difficult for a Supervisor to find the status of the timecards for
a given group of employees for a specific timecard period. To facilitate this in the earlier
releases Supervisor Time Card Dashboard was provided.
In this release, Timecard Start Time and Timecard Stop Time fields are added as a part
of search criteria. Supervisor can now search by giving range and does not require
knowledge of recurring period. Recurring period is made optional. Supervisors can still
use Recurring Period and Timecard Period fields for performing search.

3.46.8. Release 12.1 RUP7

3.46.8.1. Self Service Additional Details


Oracle Time and Labor enables the Self-Service and Timekeeper user to enter timecards
along with additional details in specific layouts. Prior to this release, Self-Service
Descriptive Flexfields for additional details displayed always irrespective of availability
of data. With this release, additional details display only when data is available.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4

3.46.8.2. Assignment Time Information


With this release, WebADI integrator for mass uploading and modification of
assignment time information is available to OTL administrators. Earlier, OTL
administrators had to create or edit assignments individually for each employee.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 146
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2.4

3.46.9. Release 12.1 HRMS RUP8

3.46.9.1. Time Entry Detail Report


Currently, the OTL application explodes time based on the rules defined in the OTLR
modules only after the timecard is approved and transferred to the OTLR module. In this
release, to enable time explosion for analysis and efficiency planning, time explosion is
simulated and made available even before approval and transfer. The exploded data is
stored in a new table and a public view is provided. OTL users can use this view to build
their custom report.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.46.9.2. OTLR Timecard Integration with HR Absences


Earlier absences created in Oracle HR and Oracle SSHR were only populated in the
Oracle Time and Labor timecard. In this release this integration is extended to OTLR as
well.
In this release this integration is extended to OTLR as well.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.46.9.3. Day of the Week Rule


In this release an additional daily earning rule is provided to mark days to be treated as
special days for the purpose of time explosion. Daily or special earning policies may
have daily earning rules applied on time entries to determine regular and overtime hours.
This enhancement enables users to treat a specific day differently from the rest of the
days for the purpose of determining regular and overtime.
This feature is forward-ported to R12.2 HRMS RUP6.

3.46.10. Release 12.2

3.46.10.1. New Projects Layouts for Actual Costing


In this release, Oracle Projects provides a feature to process project labor transactions
from actual payroll costs in addition to the existing standard costing basis. Users have the
option to use actual pay rates to calculate accrued labor cost amounts or standard labor
costs. To ensure the most accurate pay rate derivation, new time card attributes such as
Job, Work Type and Location are captured in the time card in addition to existing fields
for Project, Task and Type. New layouts are provided to capture the additional pay rate
derivation attributes. To use the new layout, users need to enable a new preference -
"Time Store Enhanced Projects and Payroll Integration Setup". The PRC: Transaction
Import program retrieves the new values when time cards are imported to Oracle
Projects.
3.46.10.2. Attachments in Timecards
There are many business scenarios wherein supporting documents are required to
substantiate the time entry. From this release, users can add attachments to their time

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Time and Labor 147
cards. Users can attach a file or free form text or an URL. A system profile OTL: Enable
Timecard Attachments has to be set to enable timecard attachments.
3.46.10.3. Checkbox to Confirm Time Entry Accuracy
With this release a new check box is provided on the Time card Review page. The
Submit button gets enabled when user selects this check box. The purpose of this check
box is to get an affirmative acknowledgement and confirm the accuracy of the time
details entered by the user.

3.46.11. Release 12.2.5


3.46.12. Concurrent run of Transfer time for OTL to BEE
The transfer time from OTL to BEE process retrieves time stored in OTL and
subsequently passes on the data to Oracle Payroll via BEE interface. Currently, the
process runs in sequence, meaning multiple submissions of the process runs one after
another. With this enhancement, the Transfer Time from OTL to BEE process runs
simultaneously in an instance as long as requests are made from different business
groups. This simultaneous run of the process enables users to accelerate payroll
processing by retrieving time data concurrently for different business groups.

3.47. Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite


3.47.1. Overview
Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite empowers users to quickly capture
time worked while on the go, with minimal data entry. Accelerate your productivity using
Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite from your smart phone.
You can:
- Capture time entries for Oracle Payroll and Oracle Projects applications.
- Submit, view, and enter timecards while on the go.
- Enter timecards in Quick Time or Regular Time modes.
- Aggregates day-wise entries into timecard periods.

Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite application is compatible with
Oracle E-Business Suite 12.1.3 and 12.2.3. To use this app, you must be a user of Oracle
E-Business Suite, with mobile services configured on the server side by your
administrator.
3.47.2. V.1.1.0

3.47.2.1. Mobile Foundation Updates

Improvements in login and configuration flow.


Ability to change server URL without reinstalling app.
Diagnostics improvements.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle Mobile Timecards for Oracle E-Business Suite 148
3.47.3. V. 1.2.0

3.47.3.1. Mobile Foundation Release 3.0 Updates


Changes to support both iOS and Android with the same client code
Ability to update server URL from Connection Details page
3.47.4. V. 1.3.0

3.47.4.1. Mobile Foundation Release 4.0 Updates


Support for enterprise distribution
Customization support for corporate branding
Mobile application management (MAM) support with Oracle Mobile Security
Suite (OMSS), including an enhanced authentication flow

3.48. Oracle US Federal Human Resources

3.48.1. Releases 12.0.5 (RUP5)

3.48.1.1. Process Pay for Employees Based on the Title 38 Public Law
HR specialists can now process pay banding programs for employees who are physicians
and dentists according to the Title 38 Code of Federal Regulations.
For employees who are physicians and dentists, you can now:
Record specific position details such as the specialty code and the tier
information. The tier information determines the pay range that the application
uses to process pay calculations.
Process pay components such as the basic pay and market pay.
Process GP and GR type of pay plans.
3.48.1.2. Use Multiple Legal Authority Descriptions When Processing AFHR
Employees
In response to the OPM statutory requirements, you can now select more than one
description for a Legal Authority Code (LAC) when processing RPAs for AFHR
employees. The application maintains a history of description changes to the LACs.

3.48.2. Release 12.0 HRMS RUP7

3.48.2.1. Comply with Inspector General Pay Reform Implementation


Public Law 110-409 [H.R. 928] was signed into law effective October 14, 2008. The
Law, Inspector General Reform Act of 2008, authorizes significant changes in pay setting
for Inspector General Positions.
The US Federal HR product has been modified to support the enactment and
implementation of the Law.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle US Federal Human Resources 149
3.48.2.2. Use the New Regions Available in the Self Service Pages
With this release, employees, managers, and HR Professionals can view details related to
address, emergency contact details, dependent information and employee home address
through Self Service.

Oracle E-Business Suite Releases 12.1.and 12.2 Release Content Document Oracle US Federal Human Resources 150